10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

OR

£ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number: 001-36083

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	76-0533927
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

13115 Jess Pirtle Blvd.

Sugar Land, TX 77478

(Address of principal executive offices)

(281) 295-1800

(Registrant’s telephone number)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

(Title of each class)	(Name of each exchange on which registered)
Common Stock, Par value $0.001	NASDAQ Global Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 Yes o   No x

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act Yes o   No x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x   No o

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x   No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	£	Accelerated filer	£
Non-accelerated filer	x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	£

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes £   No x

As of June 30, 2014, the aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $332.7 million based upon the closing sales price of the Registrant’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Markets on June 30, 2014 of $23.20 per share. Shares of common stock held by officers, directors and holders of more than ten percent of the outstanding common stock have been excluded from this calculation because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination of other purposes.

As of March 2, 2015, the Registrant had 14,887,794 outstanding shares of Common Stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.

Table of Contents

		Page
Part I		3
Item 1.	Business	3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	12
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	30
Item 2.	Properties	30
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	30
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosure	30
Part II		31
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	31
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	33
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	35
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	49
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	53
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	53
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	53
Item 9B.	Other Information	53
Part III		54
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	54
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	54
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	54
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	55
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	55
Part IV		55
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statements Schedules	55
Signatures		56

2

PART I

Item 1. Business

Forward-Looking Information

This report contains forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, as well as assumptions and current expectations, which could cause the company’s actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include but are not limited to: reduction in the size or quantity of customer orders; change in demand for the company’s products due to industry conditions; changes in manufacturing operations; volatility in manufacturing costs; delays in shipments of products; disruptions in the supply chain; change in the rate of design wins or the rate of customer acceptance of new products; the company’s reliance on a small number of customers for a substantial portion of its revenues; potential pricing pressure; a decline in demand for our customers products or their rate of deployment of their products; general conditions in the CATV, internet data center or FTTH markets; changes in the world economy (particularly in the United States and China); the negative effects of seasonality; and other risks and uncertainties described more fully in the company’s documents filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. More information about these and other risks that may impact the company’s business are set forth in the Section titled “Risk Factors”. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as ‘‘may,’’ ‘‘will,’’ ‘‘should,’’ ‘‘expects,’’ ‘‘plans,’’ ‘‘anticipates,’’ ‘‘believes,’’ or ‘‘estimates” or by other similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes. You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. All forward-looking statements in this press release are based upon information available to us as of the date hereof, and qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this report to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in the company’s expectations.

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading, vertically integrated provider of fiber-optic networking products, primarily for three networking end-markets: internet data center, cable television, or CATV, and fiber-to-the-home, or FTTH. We design and manufacture a range of optical communications products at varying levels of integration, from components, subassemblies and modules to complete turn-key equipment. In designing products for our customers, we begin with the fundamental building blocks of lasers and laser components. From these foundational products, we design and manufacture a wide range of products to meet our customers’ needs and specifications, and such products differ from each other by their end market, intended use and level of integration. We are primarily focused on the higher-performance segments within all three of our target markets, which increasingly demand faster connectivity and innovation.

The three end markets we target are all driven by significant bandwidth demand fueled by the growth of network-connected devices, video traffic, cloud computing and online social networking. To address this increased bandwidth demand, CATV and telecommunications service providers are competing directly against each other by providing bundles of voice, video and data services to their subscribers and investing to enhance the capacity, reliability and capability of their networks. The trend of rising bandwidth consumption also impacts the internet data center market, as reflected in the shift to higher speed server connections. As a result of these trends, fiber-optic networking technology is becoming essential in all three of our target markets, as it is often the only economic way to deliver the desired bandwidth.

The internet data center market is our largest and fastest growing market. Our customers in this market are generally large internet-based (“Web 2.0”) data center operators, to whom we supply optical transceivers that plug into switches and servers within the data center and allow these network devices to send and receive data over fiber optic cables. The majority of the data center optical transceivers that we sell utilize our own lasers and subassemblies (we refer to the transceivers subassemblies as “light engines”), and we believe that our in-house technology and manufacturing capability for these lasers and subassemblies gives us an advantage over many of our competitors who often lack either development or manufacturing capabilities for these advanced optical modules.

The CATV market is our most established market, for which we supply a broad array of products including lasers, transmitters and turn-key equipment. Sales of headend, node and distribution equipment have contributed significantly to our revenue in recent years as a result of our ability to meet the needs of CATV equipment vendors who have continued to outsource both the design and manufacturing of this equipment. While equipment vendors have relied upon third parties to assemble portions of their products, within the past five years certain of our customers have accelerated the outsourcing of both the design and manufacturing of both headend equipment and node equipment to third parties. The shift is due in part to the sophisticated engineering expertise needed to perform this work. We believe that our extensive high-speed optical, mixed-signal semiconductor and mechanical engineering capabilities position us well to benefit from these industry dynamics.

3

Our vertically integrated manufacturing model provides us several advantages, including rapid product development, fast response times to customer requests and control over product quality and manufacturing costs. We design, manufacture and integrate our own analog and digital lasers using a proprietary Molecular Beam Epitaxy, or MBE, fabrication process, which we believe is unique in our industry. We manufacture the majority of the laser chips and optical components that are used in our products. The lasers we manufacture are proven to be reliable over time and highly tolerant of changes in temperature and humidity, making them well-suited to the CATV and FTTH markets where networking equipment is often installed outdoors.

In 2014, our revenue was $130.4 million and our gross margin was 33.9%. We have grown our annual revenue at a CAGR of 31.7% between 2009 and 2014. In the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we incurred losses of $1.4 million, and $0.9 million, respectively. In the year ended December 31, 2014, we had a net income of $4.3 million, and our accumulated deficit at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 was $83.3 million and $79.0 million, respectively. In 2014, we earned 49.4% of our total revenue from the internet data center market, and 36.3% of our total revenue from the CATV market. In 2014, our key customers in the CATV market included Cisco Systems and Biogenomics Corp., a distributor. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, Cisco Systems accounted for 8.9%, 21.8%, and 33.2%, respectively, of our revenue and Biogenomics Corp. accounted for 6.2%, 8.7% and 11.2%, respectively, of our revenue. In 2014, our key customers in the data center market included Amazon and Microsoft. In 2014, 2013, and 2012, Amazon accounted for 45.8%, 18.2%, and 5.8% of our revenue, respectively, and Microsoft accounted for 3.6%, 6.1%, and 2.6% of our revenue, respectively.

Industry Background

Our three target markets of internet data centers, CATV and FTTH share a common trend of a significant growth in bandwidth consumption and the corresponding need for network infrastructure improvement to support it.

The prevailing themes in our target markets include:

· Trends in the Internet Data Center Market. To support the substantial increase in bandwidth consumption, internet data center operators are increasing the scale of their internet data centers and accelerating data transmission rates. As a result, there is an ongoing transition from the use of copper cable, typically at speeds up to 1 gigabit, to optical fiber as a transport medium, typically providing speeds from 10 gigabit to 40 gigabit. In recent years, a number of leading Internet companies have begun to adopt more open internet data center architectures, using a mix of systems and components from a variety of vendors, and in some cases designing their own equipment. For these companies, compatibility of new networking equipment with legacy infrastructure is not as important, and as a consequence, these companies are more willing to work with non-traditional equipment vendors, which creates an open and growing opportunity for optical device vendors.  Moreover, transmission speeds have continued to increase among the companies who have previously transitioned from copper-based to fiber-based infrastructure, resulting in opportunities for optical device vendors to supply new optical transceivers capable of operating at these higher data rates.

· Trends in the CATV Market. In recent years, CATV service providers have invested extensively to support high speed, two-way communications and we expect that they will continue to do so. In North America, in particular, CATV service providers have expressed interest in emerging new technologies like DOCSIS 3.1, which will enable them to offer higher speed connections to their customers.   While equipment vendors have historically relied upon third parties only to assemble portions of their products, within the past five years, certain of our customers have accelerated the outsourcing of both the design and manufacturing of both headend equipment and node equipment to third parties. The shift is due in part to the sophisticated engineering expertise needed to perform this work, along with the proliferation of new equipment designs needed to support DOCSIS 3.1.

· Trends in the FTTH Market. The FTTH market generally refers to the Passive Optical Networks, or PONs, that telecommunications service providers are deploying. The most commonly deployed PON technology is Gigabit PON, or GPON, which delivers up to 2.5 gigabits per second (Gbps) of data, but due to the splitting of the bandwidth among multiple users, the actual bandwidth delivered to an individual subscriber is far less than 2.5 Gbps. One approach that does support true 1 Gbps service to the home is wavelength division multiplexing PON, or WDM-PON, a technology that enables the transmission of multiple wavelengths of data over a single fiber-optic strand.

4

We experience certain challenges within our target markets, including continuous pressure to innovate and deliver highly integrated products that perform reliably in harsh, demanding environments and to produce high-quality devices in large volumes.

Our Solutions

By addressing the challenges in our target markets, we provide the following benefits to our customers:

· Enable customers to deliver innovative products. We leverage our deep expertise in high-speed optical, mixed-signal semiconductor and mechanical engineering, and our proprietary MBE laser fabrication process to deliver technologically advanced products to our customers.

· Enhance efficiency and cost effectiveness of our customers’ supply chain. We design and sell products at the level of integration desired by a customer, from components to turn-key equipment, providing our customers a dependable, cost-effective and simplified supply chain.

· Deliver high quality, reliable products in high volume. As a vertically integrated supplier, we are able to monitor and maintain quality control throughout the production process, using our internally produced components where possible for our final products. With manufacturing facilities in the U.S., Taiwan and China, we can support high volume production and timely delivery for our customers around the world.

· Provide sophisticated design solutions to our customers. We believe our in-house expertise in both analog and digital optical engineering enables us to design comprehensive solutions that meet many of the different network architectures and protocols used by our customers.

Our Strengths

Our key competitive strengths include the following:

· Proprietary technological expertise and track record of innovation. We continue to develop innovative products by leveraging our technological expertise, including our proprietary MBE laser fabrication process.

· Proven system design capabilities. We have deep expertise and proven design capabilities in high-speed optical, mixed-signal semiconductor and mechanical engineering, which we believe position us to take advantage of the continuing shift to outsourced design and manufacturing among CATV equipment vendors.

· Highly customized products. Most of our products have some level of customization, making it more difficult for our customers to switch rapidly to another supplier. We believe this element of customization contributes to longer product lifecycles and more stable product pricing.

· Industry-leading position in the CATV market. We have continued to be awarded new design and manufacturing opportunities for CATV components and equipment. We serve a majority of the largest CATV equipment manufacturers in the world and our knowledge of both their requirements and the needs of their customers (the CATV network operators) allows us to access these new opportunities.

· Vertically integrated, geographically distributed manufacturing model. Our vertically integrated design and manufacturing process encompasses various steps from laser design and fabrication to complete optical system design and assembly. Furthermore, we have geographically distributed our manufacturing by strategically locating our operations in the U.S., China and Taiwan to reduce development time and production costs, to better support our customers and to help protect our intellectual property.

5

Our Strategy

We seek to be the leading global provider of optical components, modules and equipment for each of our three target markets, CATV, FTTH and internet data centers. Our strategy includes the following key elements:

· Continue to penetrate the internet data center market. In the internet data center, we primarily target internet data center operators who have adopted an open system architecture—one in which the optical connectivity solutions can be provided by a different vendor than the vendor which provides their servers and switches.

· Extend our leadership in CATV networking. We intend to maintain our position as the leading producer of optical components used in CATV networks, and to capture an increasing share of the CATV equipment market as the major equipment vendors continue to outsource the design and manufacturing of such products.

· Continue to penetrate the FTTH market. We believe our WDM-PON technology is a cost-effective solution for delivering 1 Gbps bandwidth to a home. We intend to capture an increasing share of the FTTH market by delivering optical modules enabling 1 Gbps synchronous service to the home through our customers, who are either internet service providers or manufacturers of networking equipment supplying internet service providers.

· Continue to invest in our capabilities and infrastructure. We intend to continue to invest in new products, new technology and our production infrastructure and facilities to maintain and strengthen our competitive position.

· Selectively pursue other opportunities that leverage our existing expertise. Our expertise in designing and manufacturing outdoor equipment for the CATV industry positions us well to pursue applications that are also characterized by having varying and demanding environments, including wireless and wireline telecom infrastructure, industrial robotics, aerospace and defense, and oil and gas exploration.

· Pursue complementary acquisition and strategic alliance opportunities. We evaluate and selectively pursue acquisition opportunities or strategic alliances that we believe will enhance or complement our current product offerings, augment our technology roadmap, or diversify our revenue base.

Technology

We believe that we have technology leadership in four key areas: semiconductor laser manufacturing, electronic technologies that enhance the performance of our lasers, optical hybrid integration and mixed-signal semiconductor design.

· Differentiated semiconductor laser manufacturing. We use a MBE fabrication process to make the most critical parts of our lasers, rather than MOCVD, the technique most commonly used in optical chip manufacturing by traditional communications optics vendors. Among the differentiators of MBE relative to MOCVD fabrication are a lower process temperature and the use of solid phase materials rather than gaseous sources to grow wafers and the growth of more highly strained crystals. These factors contribute to longer operating lives of our lasers, improved laser efficiency and threshold current, among other performance attributes that make them well-suited to our target markets. While we believe that these advantages of MBE are important, MBE does have disadvantages including the inability to use certain dopant materials (for example Iron), difficulty in certain types of regrowth, and the necessity to maintain complex ultra-high vacuum equipment. As a result of some of these challenges, production yields, and the performance attributes of laser devices, are highly variable and optimizing these characteristics requires numerous enhancements and modifications to standard MBE equipment and the MBE process. To our knowledge, we are unique in using an MBE process to produce communications lasers in high volume, and believe it would be difficult, and time-consuming, for other vendors to replicate our production technology.

· Laser enhancement technology. Certain properties of the semiconductor lasers predominantly used in traditional communications devices, such as chirp and wavelength drift, negatively affect their ability to transmit signals over long fiber distances or prevent them from transmitting signals with acceptable fidelity in certain applications. We have developed laser enhancement circuitry that can correct many of these deficiencies. We believe that our technology will become more essential with wider deployment of higher capacity CATV and FTTH systems, which place more stringent demands on laser performance.

6

· Optical hybrid-integration technology. Reducing the size, power consumption and complexity of optical devices is essential for achieving the price and performance targets of our customers. Our ability to integrate multiple optical networking functions into a single device and to co-package multiple devices into smaller form factors helps us meet customer requirements, and we believe can also create new opportunities. For instance, the transmission speed between network elements (switches and servers, for example) within the data center has continued to increase. However, the rate at which this data can be converted from electrical signals to optical signals by laser diodes has not increased at the same pace. Therefore, to achieve data rates of 40 Gbps and above, many customers utilize multiple lower data rate lasers co-packaged together into a single optical module. The technology required to cost-effectively and reliably co-package these lasers and the associated electronic control circuitry is complex. Our extensive experience with the processes and the manufacturing technologies required to produce these devices gives us a competitive advantage.   Similarly, in FTTH networks, installing new fiber-optic cable is expensive and difficult, and in some situations prohibitively so for a network service provider. As a consequence, network operators seek to maximize the utilization of their installed fiber plant. In long-haul and metropolitan networks, the number of service providers who deployed WDM technology as fiber utilization rose. Fiber utilization in access networks is rising, but the use of WDM technology in the access segment has been problematic due to the relatively high cost and power consumption of the requisite optical devices. We have developed proprietary miniaturized optical packaging, electronic control circuitry and testing algorithms to create a hybrid WDM-PON solution that addresses these historical impediments that we believe will make WDM-PON a cost-effective alternative for deployment.

· Mixed-signal design. As CATV providers continue to evolve from primarily broadcast-video content providers to a mixture of HD video content together with data-connectivity providers, the networks they utilize to offer these services must evolve as well. Older analog networks are giving way to hybrid networks that incorporate both analog and digital signals. For example, many newer networks are being designed with “digital return-path” capabilities. In this type of network, signals traveling from the headend to the residence are transported as analog signals, whereas signals traveling in the opposite direction (that is, originating at the residence and being transmitted towards the headend) are carried as digital signals. This combination of analog and digital signaling creates unique design challenges. Our engineers have many years of experience in developing equipment, modules and components that are well suited to these sorts of mixed-signal architectures. We believe that having deep experience in both digital and analog signaling allows us to offer superior solutions to our customers, compared with companies who have expertise in only one of these signal types.

Our Products

Our products include an array of optical communications solutions at varying levels of integration. We begin from the fundamental building blocks of lasers and laser components. From these foundational products, we design and manufacture a wide range of products from optical modules to complete turn-key equipment. We design our products to target customers in our identified markets to meet their needs and specifications.

Our components often incorporate one or more of our optical laser chips inside a precision housing that provides mechanical protection as well as standardized electrical contacts. More complex optical components may also include optical filters (for example, for use in WDM) or other optical elements by which optical signals are routed internally within the component. These more advanced components may also include coolers, heaters and sensors that allow the temperature of the laser chip to be measured and controlled. We manufacture the majority of the laser chips and optical components that are used in our own products.

At the next level of integration, our module or sub-assembly products typically contain one or more of our optical components and some additional control circuitry. Examples of modules include our transceiver line primarily used in internet data center markets and FTTH markets.

At the highest level of integration and complexity, our equipment products typically contain one or more optical components, modules and additional electronic control circuitry required to enable these subsystems to operate independently. For example, our CATV transmitter equipment requires utilization of our optical components and assembly onto a circuit board and to an external housing. Examples of equipment include our CATV transmitter and CATV nodes.

7

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect our intellectual property. We employ various methods to protect these intellectual property rights, including maintaining a technological infrastructure with significant security measures, limiting disclosure and restricting access to only those individuals with an operational need for such information, and having employees, consultants and suppliers execute confidentiality agreements with us. While we expect our intellectual property to provide competitive advantages, we also find meaningful value from unpatented proprietary process knowledge, know-how and trade secrets.

Patents

As of December 31, 2014, we owned a total of 152 U.S. and foreign issued patents, 66 of which were issued in the U.S. and 86 of which were issued in China and Taiwan. Our issued patents will expire between 2019 and 2029.

Our portfolio of patents and patent applications covers several different technology families including:

· laser structure and design;

· optical signal conditioning and laser control;

· laser fabrication;

· photodiode and optical receiver design and fabrication;

· optical device and module designs;

· optical device packaging equipment and techniques; and

· optical network enhancements.

Trademarks

We have registered the trademarks APPLIED OPTOELECTRONICS, INC., AOI and our logo with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office on the Principal Register. These marks are also registered in, or have applications for registration pending in, various foreign trademark offices. A U.S. trademark registration is also pending for the mark “AAOI.”

Research and Development

To maintain our growth and competitiveness, we engage in an active research and development program to develop new products and enhance existing products. As a result of these efforts, we anticipate releasing various new or enhanced products over the next several years. Our research and development expenses were approximately $16.0 million, $8.5 million, and $7.6 million for the years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014, we had a total of 196 employees working in the R&D department, including 17 with Ph.D. degrees. We continue to recruit talented engineers to further enhance our research and development capabilities. We have research and development departments in our facilities in Texas, China and Taiwan. Our research and development teams collaborate on joint projects, and by co-locating with our manufacturing operations enable us to achieve an efficient cost structure and improve our time to market.

A key factor in our research and development success is our highly collaborative process for new product development. Particularly in our equipment and module businesses, we often collaborate very closely with our customers from a very early stage in product development. By purposefully fostering this close collaboration, we believe that we can more rapidly develop leading solutions meeting the needs of our customers.

8

Manufacturing and Operations

We have three manufacturing sites: Sugar Land, Texas, Ningbo, China and Taipei, Taiwan. Our research and development functions are partnered with our manufacturing locations. In our U.S. facility, we manufacture laser chips (utilizing our MBE process), subassemblies and components. The subassemblies are used in the manufacture of components by our other manufacturing facilities or sold to third parties as modules. We manufacture our laser chips only within our U.S. facility, where our laser design team is located. In our Taiwan location, we manufacture optical components, such as our butterfly lasers, which incorporate laser chips, subassemblies and components manufactured within our U.S. facility. In addition, in our Taiwan location, we manufacture transceivers for the internet data center, FTTH, and other markets. In our China facility, we take advantage of lower labor costs and manufacture certain more labor intensive components and optical equipment systems, such as optical subassemblies for the internet data center market, CATV transmitters (at the headend) and CATV outdoor equipment (at the node). Each facility conducts testing on the components, modules or subsystems it manufactures and each facility is certified to ISO 9001:2008.

Our products are sold to our customers worldwide and also supply our internal component needs for the transceivers and equipment we manufacture. With a vertically integrated manufacturing process, we produce many of our own laser chips and other parts required to manufacture our optical components. Through this model, we are able to reduce development time and product costs as well as enhance quality control. We incorporate our own components into our transceivers, subsystems and equipment products wherever possible. In instances where we do not produce components ourselves, we source them from external suppliers and regularly evaluate these relationships in an attempt to reduce risk and lower cost.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for certain raw materials and components used in our products. We regularly review our vendor relationships in an attempt to mitigate risks and lower costs, especially where we depend on one or two vendors for critical components or raw materials. While maintaining inventories that we believe are sufficient to meet our near-term needs, we strive not to carry significant inventories of raw materials. Accordingly, we maintain ongoing communications with our vendors in order to help prevent any interruptions in supply, and have implemented a supply-chain management program to maintain quality and lower purchase prices through standardized purchasing efficiencies and design requirements. 

Customers

Our customers are primarily internet data center operators, CATV and telecommunications equipment manufacturers, and internet service providers. We generally employ a direct sales model in North America and in the rest of the world we use both direct and indirect sales channels. In 2014, 2013, and 2012 we obtained 92.6%, 88.4% and 85.4% of our revenue, respectively, through our direct sales efforts and the remainder of our revenue through our indirect sales channels. Our sales channel partners provide logistical services and day-to-day customer support. Where we sell through an indirect sales channel, we work with the end customer to establish technological specifications for our products. Our equipment customers typically offer our equipment under their brand-name and our equipment is often customized with unique design or performance criteria by each of these customers. We also from time to time offer design or manufacturing services to customers to assist them in more effectively using our products and realizing time-to-market advantages.

In 2014, our products were used by the three largest CATV OEMs, consisting of Cisco Systems, Inc., Arris Group Inc. (which acquired the Motorola Home Business in 2013) and Aurora Networks, a subsidiary of Pace plc (which acquired Harmonic Inc.’s optical business in 2013 and itself being acquired by Pace plc subsequently). The two customers that contributed most to our revenue in the FTTH market in 2014 were Genexis B.V. and a leading internet service provider. In 2014, our key customers in the internet data center market included Amazon and Microsoft. In 2014, revenue from the internet data center market, CATV market, FTTH market and other markets provided 49.4%, 36.9% and 10.4%, and 3.8% of our revenue, respectively, compared to 24.7%, 60.4%, 5.6%, and 9.3%, respectively, in 2013.

We support our sales efforts by attendance at industry trade shows, technical conferences, advertising in various trade journals and magazines and other promotional efforts. These efforts are aimed at attracting new customers and enhancing our existing customer relationships.

Backlog

We generally make sales pursuant to short-term purchase orders without deposits and subject to rescheduling, revision or cancellation on short notice. We accordingly believe that purchase orders are not an accurate indicator of our future sales and any backlog of purchase orders is not a reliable indicator of our future revenue.

9

Competition

The optical networking market is intensely competitive. Because of the broad nature of our product offerings, we do not believe that we face a single major competitor across all of our markets. We do, however, experience intense competition in each product area from a number of manufacturers and we anticipate that competition will increase. Our major competitors in one or more of our markets include Avago, Inc., EMCORE Corporation, Finisar Corporation, JDS Uniphase Corporation, Mitsubishi, NeoPhotonics Corporation, Oclaro, Inc. and Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd.

Many of our competitors are larger than we are and have significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources. In addition, several of our competitors have large market capitalizations or cash reserves and are much better positioned to acquire other companies to gain new technologies or products that may displace our products. Network equipment providers, who are our customers, and network service providers, who are supplied by our customers, may decide to manufacture the optical subsystems incorporated into their network systems in-house. We also encounter potential customers that, because of existing relationships, are committed to the products offered by these competitors.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our target markets include the following:

· use of internally manufactured components;

· product breadth and functionality;

· timing and pace of new product development;

· breadth of customer base;

· technological expertise;

· reliability of products;

· product pricing; and

· manufacturing efficiency.

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to the above factors based on our MBE processes, our vertically integrated model, the performance and reliability of our product offerings and the compelling value we offer to our customers.

Employees

As of December 31, 2014, we employed 1,447 full-time employees, of which 31 held Ph.D. degrees in a science or engineering field. Of our employees, 234 are located in the U.S., 649 are located in Taiwan, and 564 are located in China. None of our employees are represented by any collective bargaining agreement, but certain employees of our China subsidiary are members of a trade union. We have never suffered any work stoppage and believe that we have satisfactory relations with our employees.

Environmental Matters

Our research and development and manufacturing operations and our products are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing discharges of pollutants to air and water, the use, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous materials, employee health and safety, and the hazardous material content in our products. Our environmental management systems in our facilities in Ningbo, China and Taipei, Taiwan are both certified to meet the requirements of ISO14001:2004. However, there can be no assurance that violations of applicable laws at any of our facilities will not occur in the future as a result of human error, accident, equipment failure or other causes. We use, store and dispose of hazardous materials in our manufacturing operations and hazardous materials are present in our products. We incur costs to comply with environmental, health and safety requirements, and any failure to comply, or the identification of contamination for which we are found liable, could cause us to incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, monetary fines, or civil or criminal penalties, and subject us to property damage and personal injury claims, and result in the suspension of production, alteration of our manufacturing processes, redesign of our products, or curtailment of sales and adverse publicity. Liability under environmental, health and safety laws can be joint and several and without regard to fault or negligence. For example, pursuant to environmental laws and regulations, including but not limited to the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, we may be liable for the full amount of any remediation-related costs at properties we currently own or formerly owned, such as our currently owned Sugar Land, Texas facility, or at properties at which we operated, as well as at properties we will own or operate in the future, and properties to which we have sent hazardous substances, whether or not we caused the contamination.

10

We expect that our operations and products will be affected by new environmental requirements on an ongoing basis. Environmental, health and safety requirements have become more stringent over time, and changes to existing requirements could restrict our ability to expand our facilities, require us to acquire costly pollution control equipment, or cause us to incur other significant expenses or to modify our manufacturing processes or the hazardous material content of our products. Identification of presently unidentified environmental conditions, more vigorous enforcement by a governmental authority, enactment of more stringent legal requirements or other unanticipated events could give rise to adverse publicity, restrict our operations, affect the design or marketability of our products or otherwise cause us to incur material environmental costs.

We face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and upcoming requirements relating to the materials composition of our products. Some jurisdictions in which our products are sold have enacted requirements regarding the hazardous material content of certain products. For example, member states of the European Union and China are among a growing number of jurisdictions that have placed restrictions on the use of lead, among other chemicals, in electronic products, which affect the composition and packaging of our products. The passage of such requirements in additional jurisdictions, or the tightening of standards or elimination of certain exemptions in jurisdictions where our products are already subject to such requirements, could cause us to incur significant expenditures to make our products compliant with new requirements, or could limit the markets into which we may sell our products. Other governmental regulations may require us to reengineer our products to use components that are more environmentally compatible, resulting in additional costs to us.

Export Regulations

The Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) of the U.S. Department of Commerce is responsible for regulating the export of most commercial items that are classified as dual-use goods that may have both commercial and military applications. A limited number of our products are exported by license under the Export Control Classification Number, or ECCN, of 5A991. Export Control Classification requirements are dependent upon an item’s technical characteristics, the destination, the end-use, and the end-user, and other activities of the end-user. Should the ECCN change, then the export of our products to certain countries would be restricted. However, we currently do not export our products to any countries on the restricted list, and therefore a change in the ECCN would not materially impact our business.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the State of Texas in 1997. In March 2013, Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., a Texas corporation, converted into a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 13115 Jess Pirtle Blvd., Sugar Land, TX 77478, and our telephone number is (281) 295-1800. Our website address is www.ao-inc.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Available Information

We file electronically with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We make available on our website at www.ao-inc.com free of charge, copies of these reports as soon as reasonably practicable after filing these reports with, or furnishing them to, the SEC.

11

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. If any of the following risks actually occur, we may be unable to conduct our business as currently planned and our financial condition and results of operations could be seriously harmed. In addition, the trading price of our common stock could decline due to the occurrence of any of these risks and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Inherent in Our Business

We are dependent on our key customers for a significant portion of our revenue and the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, any of our key customers would adversely impact our revenue and results of operations.

We generate much of our revenue from a limited number of customers. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, our top ten customers represented 87.2%, 76.9% and 77.6% of our revenue, respectively. In 2014, Amazon represented 45.8% of our revenue, Cisco Systems, Inc. represented 8.9% of our revenue and a leading internet service provider represented 6.7% of our total revenue. As a result, the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from any of our key customers would materially and adversely affect our revenue and results of operations. We typically do not have long-term contracts with our customers and instead rely on recurring purchase orders. If our key customers do not continue to purchase our existing products or fail to purchase additional products from us, our revenue would decline and our results of operations would be adversely affected.

Adverse events affecting our key customers could also negatively affect our ability to retain their business and obtain new purchase orders, which could adversely affect our revenue and results of operations. For example, in recent years, there has been consolidation among various network equipment manufacturers and this trend is expected to continue. We are unable to predict the impact that industry consolidation would have on our existing or potential customers. We may not be able to offset any potential decline in revenue arising from the consolidation of our existing customers with revenue from new customers or additional revenue from the merged company.

If our customers do not qualify our products for use on a timely basis, our results of operations may suffer.

Prior to the sale of new products, our customers typically require us to obtain their approval and qualify our products for use in their applications. Additionally, new customers often audit our manufacturing facilities and perform other evaluations during this process. The qualification process involves product sampling and reliability testing and collaboration with our product management and engineering teams in the design and manufacturing stages. If we are unable to accurately predict the amount of time required to qualify our products with customers, or are unable to qualify our products with certain customers at all, then our ability to generate revenue could be delayed or our revenue would be lower than expected and we may not be able to recover the costs associated with the qualification process or with our product development efforts, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

In addition, due to rapid technological changes in our markets, a customer may cancel or modify a design project before we have qualified our product or begun volume manufacturing of a qualified product. It is unlikely that we would be able to recover the expenses for cancelled or unutilized custom design projects. Some of these unrecoverable expenses for cancelled or unutilized custom design projects may be significant. It is difficult to predict with any certainty whether our customers will delay or terminate product qualification or the frequency with which customers will cancel or modify their projects, but any such delay, cancellation or modification would have a negative effect on our results of operations.

Our ability to successfully qualify and scale capacity for new technologies and products is important to our ability to grow our business and market presence, and we may invest a significant amount to scale our capacity to meet potential demand from customers for our new technologies and products. If we are unable to qualify and sell any of our new products in volume, on time, or at all, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

12

Customer demand is difficult to forecast accurately and, as a result, we may be unable to match production with customer demand.

We make planning and spending decisions, including determining the levels of business that we will seek and accept, production schedules, component procurement commitments, personnel needs and other resource requirements, based on our estimates of product demand and customer requirements. Our products are typically purchased pursuant to individual purchase orders. While our customers may provide us with their demand forecasts, they are typically not contractually committed to buy any quantity of products beyond firm purchase orders. Furthermore, many of our customers may increase, decrease, cancel or delay purchase orders already in place without significant penalty. The short-term nature of commitments by our customers and the possibility of unexpected changes in demand for their products reduce our ability to accurately estimate future customer requirements. On occasion, customers may require rapid increases in production, which can strain our resources, cause our manufacturing to be negatively impacted by materials shortages, necessitate more onerous procurement commitments and reduce our gross margin. We may not have sufficient capacity at any given time to meet the volume demands of our customers, or one or more of our suppliers may not have sufficient capacity at any given time to meet our volume demands. If any of our major customers decrease, stop or delay purchasing our products for any reason, we will likely have excess manufacturing capacity or inventory and our business and results of operations would be harmed.

We are subject to the cyclical nature of the markets in which we compete and any future downturn will likely reduce demand for our products and revenue.

In each of our target markets, including the CATV market, our sales depend on the aggregate capital expenditures of service providers as they build out and upgrade their network infrastructure. These markets are highly cyclical and characterized by constant and rapid technological change, price erosion, evolving standards and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. In the past, these markets have experienced significant downturns, often connected with, or in anticipation of, the maturation of product cycles. These downturns have been characterized by diminished product demand, production overcapacity, high inventory levels and accelerated erosion of average selling prices. Our historical results of operations have been subject to these cyclical fluctuations, and we may experience substantial period-to-period fluctuations in our future results of operations. Any future downturn in any of the markets in which we compete could significantly reduce the demand for our products and therefore may result in a significant reduction in our revenue. Our revenue and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected in the future due to changes in demand from individual customers or cyclical changes in any of the markets utilizing our products. We may not be able to accurately predict these cyclical fluctuations and the impact of these fluctuations may have on our revenue and operating results.

We must continually develop successful new products and enhance existing products, and if we fail to do so or if our release of new or enhanced products is delayed, our business may be harmed.

The markets for our products are characterized by frequent new product introductions, changes in customer requirements and evolving industry standards, all with an underlying pressure to reduce cost and meet stringent reliability and qualification requirements. Our future performance will depend on our successful development, introduction and market acceptance of new and enhanced products that address these challenges. If we are unable to make our new or enhanced products commercially available on a timely basis, we may lose existing and potential customers and our financial results would suffer.

In addition, due to the costs and length of research, development and manufacturing process cycles, we may not recognize revenue from new products until long after such expenditures, if at all, and our margins may decrease if our costs are higher than expected, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operation.

Although the length of our product development cycle varies widely by product and customer, it may take 18 months or longer before we receive our first order. As a result, we may incur significant expenses long before customers accept and purchase our products.

Product development delays may result from numerous factors, including:

· modification of product specifications and customer requirements;

· unanticipated engineering complexities;

· difficulties in reallocating engineering resources and overcoming resource limitations; and

· rapidly changing technology or competitive product requirements.

13

The introduction of new products by us or our competitors could result in a slowdown in demand for our existing products and could result in a write-down in the value of our inventory. We have in the past experienced a slowdown in demand for existing products and delays in new product development, and such delays will likely occur in the future. To the extent we experience product development delays for any reason or we fail to qualify our products and obtain their approval for use, which we refer to as a design win, our competitive position would be adversely affected and our ability to grow our revenue would be impaired.

Furthermore, our ability to enter a market with new products in a timely manner can be critical to our success because it is difficult to displace an existing supplier for a particular type of product once a customer has chosen a supplier, even if a later-to-market product provides better performance or cost efficiency.

The development of new, technologically advanced products is a complex and uncertain process requiring frequent innovation, highly-skilled engineering and development personnel and significant capital, as well as the accurate anticipation of technological and market trends. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify, develop, manufacture, market or support new or enhanced products successfully or on a timely basis. Further, we cannot assure you that our new products will gain market acceptance or that we will be able to respond effectively to product introductions by competitors, technological changes or emerging industry standards. We also may not be able to develop the underlying core technologies necessary to create new products and enhancements, license these technologies from third parties, or remain competitive in our markets.

If the CATV market does not continue to develop as we expect, or if there is any downturn in this market, our business would be adversely affected.

Historically, we have generated much of our revenue from the CATV market. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, the CATV market represented 36.3%, 60.4% and 78.6% of our revenue, respectively. In the CATV market, we are relying on expected increasing demand for bandwidth-intensive services and applications such as on-demand television programs, high-definition television channels, or HDTV, social media, peer-to-peer file sharing and online video creation and viewing from network service providers. Without network and bandwidth growth, the need for our products will not increase and may decline, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations. Although demand for broadband access is increasing, network and bandwidth growth may be limited by several factors, including an uncertain regulatory environment, high infrastructure costs to purchase and install equipment and uncertainty as to which competing content delivery solution, such as telecommunications, wireless or satellite, will gain the most widespread acceptance. CATV network operators may reduce or forego equipment purchases in anticipation of the availability of next generation DOCSIS 3.1 solutions that are expected to be available soon, which may adversely affect our sales. If the trend of outsourcing for the design and manufacture of CATV equipment does not continue, or continues at a slower pace than currently expected, our customers’ demand for our design and manufacturing services may not grow as quickly as expected. If expectations for the growth of the CATV market are not realized, our financial condition or results of operations will be adversely affected. In addition, if the CATV market is adversely impacted, whether due to competitive pressure from telecommunication service providers, regulatory changes, or otherwise, our business would be adversely affected. We may not be able to offset any potential decline in revenue from the CATV market with revenue from new customers in other markets.

We have limited operating history in the internet data center and FTTH markets, and our business could be harmed if these markets do not develop as we expect.

For 2014, we generated 49.4% and 10.4% of our revenue from the data center and FTTH markets, respectively. We have only recently begun offering products to the FTTH market. Our business in these markets is dependent on the deployment of our optical components, modules and subassemblies. In the internet data center market, we are relying on the emergence of new internet data center providers and their adoption of open internet data center architectures that use a mix of systems and components from a variety of vendors, including non-traditional equipment vendors. In the FTTH market, we are relying on increasing demand for bandwidth-intensive services and telecommunications service providers’ acceptance and deployment of WDM-PON as a technology supporting 1 gigabit per second service to the home. Without network and bandwidth growth and adoption of our solutions by operators in these markets, we will not be able to sell our products in these markets in high volume or at our targeted margins, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. For example, WDM-PON technology may not be adopted by equipment and service providers in the FTTH market as rapidly as we expect or in the volumes we need to achieve acceptable margins, and internet data centers may elect to use larger vendors that require internet data center operators to purchase the optical modules for their systems from such larger vendors. Also, internet data centers may not expand as much or as quickly as expected and any slowdown in expansion could adversely impact our business and growth prospects. Network and bandwidth growth may be limited by several factors, including an uncertain regulatory environment, high infrastructure costs to purchase and install equipment and uncertainty as to which competing content delivery solution, such as CATV, will gain the most widespread acceptance. In addition, as we enter new markets or expand our product offerings in existing markets, our margins may be adversely affected due to competition in those markets and commoditization of competing products. If our expectations for the growth of these markets are not realized, our financial condition or results of operations will be adversely affected.

14

If we encounter manufacturing problems, we may lose sales and damage our customer relationships.

We may experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in our manufacturing operations. These and other factors may cause less than acceptable yields at our wafer fabrication facility. Manufacturing yields depend on a number of factors, including the quality of available raw materials, the degradation or change in equipment calibration and the rate and timing of the introduction of new products. Changes in manufacturing processes required as a result of changes in product specifications, changing customer needs and the introduction of new product lines may significantly reduce our manufacturing yields, resulting in low or negative margins on those products. In addition, we use an MBE fabrication process to make our lasers, rather than Metal Organic Chemical Vapor Deposition, or MOCVD, the technique most commonly used in optical manufacturing by communications optics vendors, and our Molecular Beam Epitaxy, or MBE, fabrication process relies on custom-manufactured equipment. If our MBE fabrication facility in Sugar Land, Texas were to be damaged or destroyed for any reason, our manufacturing process would be severely disrupted. Any such manufacturing problems would likely delay product shipments to our customers, which would negatively affect our sales, competitive position and reputation. We may also experience delays in production, typically in February, during the Chinese New Year holiday when our facilities in China and Taiwan are closed.

Increasing costs and shifts in product mix may adversely impact our gross margins.

Our gross margins on individual products and among products fluctuate over each product’s life cycle. Our overall gross margins have fluctuated from period to period as a result of shifts in product mix, the introduction of new products, decreases in average selling prices and our ability to reduce product costs, and these fluctuations are expected to continue in the future. We may not be able to accurately predict our product mix from period to period, and as a result we may not be able to forecast accurately our overall gross margins. The rate of increase in our costs and expenses may exceed the rate of increase in our revenue, either of which would materially and adversely affect our business, our results of operations and our financial condition.

Given the high fixed costs associated with our vertically integrated business, a reduction in demand for our products will likely adversely impact our gross profits and our results of operations.

We have a high fixed cost base due to our vertically integrated business model, including the fact that 1,206 of our employees as of December 31, 2014 were employed in manufacturing and research and development operations. We may not be able to adjust these fixed costs quickly to adapt to rapidly changing market conditions. Our gross profit and gross margin are greatly affected by our sales volume and volatility on a quarterly basis and the corresponding absorption of fixed manufacturing overhead expenses. In addition, because we are a vertically integrated manufacturer, insufficient demand for our products may subject us to the risk of high inventory carrying costs and increased inventory obsolescence. Given our vertical integration, the rate at which we turn inventory has historically been low when compared to our cost of sales. We do not expect this to change significantly in the future and believe that we will have to maintain a relatively high level of inventory compared to our cost of sales. As a result, we continue to expect to have a significant amount of working capital invested in inventory. We may be required to write down inventory costs in the future and our high inventory costs may have an adverse effect on our gross profits and our results of operations.

We have a history of losses and have a substantial accumulated deficit.

We have a history of losses and have a substantial accumulated deficit. In the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we experienced net losses of $1.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively. In 2014, we experienced a profit of $4.3 million. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, our accumulated deficit was $79.0 million and $83.3 million, respectively. These losses were due to expenditures made to expand our business, including expenditures for hiring additional research and development, and sales and marketing personnel, and expenditures to expand and maintain our manufacturing facilities and research and development operations. We expect to continue to make significant expenditures related to our business, including expenditures for hiring additional research and development, and sales and marketing personnel, and expenditures to maintain and expand our manufacturing facilities and research and development operations. In addition, we have incurred significant additional time demands and legal, accounting and other expenses since we became a public company in September 2013. Our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to complying with the applicable rules and requirements of being a public company.

15

Our financial results may vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter due to a number of factors, which may lead to volatility in our stock price.

Our quarterly revenue and operating results have varied in the past and will likely continue to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. This variability may lead to volatility in our stock price as research analysts and investors respond to these quarterly fluctuations. These fluctuations are due to numerous factors, including:

· the timing, size and mix of sales of our products;

· fluctuations in demand for our products, including the increase, decrease, rescheduling or cancellation of significant customer orders;

· our ability to design, manufacture and deliver products to our customers in a timely and cost-effective manner and that meet customer requirements;

· new product introductions and enhancements by us or our competitors;

· the gain or loss of key customers;

· the rate at which our present and potential customers and end users adopt our technologies;

· changes in our pricing and sales policies or the pricing and sales policies of our competitors;

· quality control or yield problems in our manufacturing operations;

· supply disruption for certain raw materials and components used in our products;

· capacity constraints of our outside contract manufacturers for a portion of the manufacturing process for some of our products;

· length and variability of the sales cycles of our products;

· unanticipated increases in costs or expenses;

· the loss of key employees;

· different capital expenditure and budget cycles for our customers, affecting the timing of their spending for our products;

· political stability in the areas of the world in which we operate;

· fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

· changes in accounting rules;

· the evolving and unpredictable nature of the markets for products incorporating our solutions; and

· general economic conditions and changes in such conditions specific to our target markets.

16

The foregoing factors are difficult to forecast, and these, as well as other factors, could materially adversely affect our quarterly and annual operating results. In addition, a significant amount of our operating expenses is relatively fixed in nature due to our internal manufacturing, research and development, sales and general administrative efforts. Any failure to adjust spending quickly enough to compensate for a revenue shortfall could magnify the adverse impact of such revenue shortfall on our results of operations. For these reasons, you should not rely on quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our results of operations as an indicator of future performance. Moreover, our operating results may not meet our announced guidance or the expectations of research analysts or investors, in which case the price of our common stock could decrease significantly. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully address these risks.

We face intense competition which could negatively impact our results of operations and market share.

The markets into which we sell our products are highly competitive. Our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of products to smaller companies specializing in niche markets. Current and potential competitors may have substantially greater name recognition, financial, marketing, research and manufacturing resources than we do, and there can be no assurance that our current and future competitors will not be more successful than us in specific product lines or markets. Some of our competitors may also have better-established relationships with our current or potential customers. Some of our competitors have more resources to develop or acquire new products and technologies and create market awareness for their products and technologies. In addition, some of our competitors have the financial resources to offer competitive products at below-market pricing levels that could prevent us from competing effectively and result in a loss of sales or market share or cause us to lower prices for our products. In recent years, there has been consolidation in our industry and we expect such consolidation to continue. Consolidation involving our competitors could result in even more intense competition. Network equipment manufacturers, who are our customers, and network service providers may decide to manufacture the optical subsystems incorporated into their network systems in-house instead of outsourcing such products to companies such as us. We also encounter potential customers that, because of existing relationships with our competitors, are committed to the products offered by our competitors.

We depend on key personnel to develop and maintain our technology and manage our business in a rapidly changing market.

The continued services of our executive officers and other key engineering, sales, marketing, manufacturing and support personnel is essential to our success. For example, our ability to achieve new design wins depends upon the experience and expertise of our engineers. Any of our key employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Strategy Officer, Senior Vice President of Network Equipment Module Business Unit, Senior Vice President of Optical Module Division and Asia General Manager, may resign at any time. We do not have key person life insurance policies covering any of our employees. To implement our business plan, we also intend to hire additional employees, particularly in the areas of engineering, manufacturing and sales. Our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled employees is a critical factor in our success. Competition for highly skilled personnel is intense. We may not be successful in attracting, assimilating or retaining qualified personnel to satisfy our current or future needs. Our ability to develop, manufacture and sell our products, and thus our financial condition and results of operations, would be adversely affected if we are unable to retain existing personnel or hire additional qualified personnel.

17

We depend on a limited number of suppliers and any supply interruption could have an adverse effect on our business.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for certain raw materials and components used in our products. Some of these suppliers could disrupt our business if they stop, decrease or delay shipments or if the materials or components they ship have quality or reliability issues. Some of the raw materials and components we use in our products are available only from a sole source or have been qualified only from a single supplier. Furthermore, other than our current suppliers, there are a limited number of entities from whom we could obtain certain materials and components. We may also face shortages if we experience increased demand for materials or components beyond what our qualified suppliers can deliver. Our inability to obtain sufficient quantities of critical materials or components could adversely affect our ability to meet demand for our products, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operation.

We typically have not entered into long-term agreements with our suppliers and, therefore, our suppliers could stop supplying materials and components to us at any time or fail to supply adequate quantities of materials or components to us on a timely basis. It is difficult, costly, time consuming and, on short notice, sometimes impossible for us to identify and qualify new suppliers. Our customers generally restrict our ability to change the components in our products. For more critical components, any changes may require repeating the entire qualification process. Our reliance on a limited number of suppliers or a single qualified vendor may result in delivery and quality problems, and reduced control over product pricing, reliability and performance.

We depend upon outside contract manufacturers for a portion of the manufacturing process for some of our products.

Almost all of our products are manufactured internally. However we also rely upon manufacturers in China, Taiwan and other Asia locations to provide back-end manufacturing and produce the finished portion of a few of our products. Our reliance on a contract manufacturer for these products makes us vulnerable to possible capacity constraints and reduced control over delivery schedules, manufacturing yields, manufacturing quality/controls and costs. If one of our contract manufacturers is unable to meet all of our customer demand in a timely fashion, this could have a material adverse effect on the revenue from our products. If the contract manufacturer for one of our product were unable or unwilling to manufacture such produce in required volumes and at high quality levels or to continue our existing supply arrangement, we would have to identify, qualify and select an acceptable alternative contract manufacturer or move these manufacturing operations to our internal manufacturing facilities. An alternative contract manufacturer may not be available to us when needed or may not be in a position to satisfy our quality or production requirements on commercially reasonable terms, including price. Any significant interruption in manufacturing our products would require us to reduce our supply of products to our customers, which in turn, would reduce our revenue, harm our relationships with the customer of these products and cause us to forego potential revenue opportunities.

Our products could contain defects that may cause us to incur significant costs or result in a loss of customers.

Our products are complex and undergo quality testing as well as formal qualification by our customers. Our customers’ testing procedures are limited to evaluating our products under likely and foreseeable failure scenarios and over varying amounts of time. For various reasons, such as the occurrence of performance problems that are unforeseeable in testing or that are detected only when products age or are operated under peak stress conditions, our products may fail to perform as expected long after customer acceptance. Failures could result from faulty components or design, problems in manufacturing or other unforeseen reasons. As a result, we could incur significant costs to repair or replace defective products under warranty, particularly when such failures occur in installed systems. Our products are typically embedded in, or deployed in conjunction with, our customers’ products, which incorporate a variety of components, modules and subsystems and may be expected to interoperate with modules produced by third parties. As a result, not all defects are immediately detectable and when problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. While we have not experienced material failures in the past, we will continue to face this risk going forward because our products are widely deployed in many demanding environments and applications worldwide. In addition, we may in certain circumstances honor warranty claims after the warranty has expired or for problems not covered by warranty to maintain customer relationships. Any significant product failure could result in litigation, damages, repair costs and lost future sales of the affected product and other products, divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts and cause significant customer relations problems, all of which would harm our business. Although we carry product liability insurance, this insurance may not adequately cover our costs arising from defects in our products or otherwise.

18

We face a variety of risks associated with our international sales and operations.

We currently derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenue from sales to international customers. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, 29.5%, 41.0% and 55.7% of our revenue was derived from sales that occurred outside of North America, respectively. In addition, a significant portion of our manufacturing operations is based in Ningbo, China and Taipei, Taiwan. Our international revenue and operations are subject to a number of material risks, including:

· difficulties in staffing, managing and supporting operations in more than one country;

· difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through foreign legal systems;

· fewer legal protections for intellectual property in foreign jurisdictions;

· foreign and U.S. taxation issues and international trade barriers;

· difficulties in obtaining any necessary governmental authorizations for the export of our products to certain foreign jurisdictions;

· fluctuations in foreign economies;

· fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies and interest rates;

· trade and travel restrictions;

· domestic and international economic or political changes, hostilities and other disruptions in regions where we currently operate or may operate in the future;

· difficulties and increased expenses in complying with a variety of U.S. and foreign laws, regulations and trade standards, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; and

· different and changing legal and regulatory requirements in the jurisdictions in which we currently operate or may operate in the future.

Negative developments in any of these factors in China or Taiwan or other countries could result in a reduction in demand for our products, the cancellation or delay of orders already placed, difficulties in producing and delivering our products, threats to our intellectual property, difficulty in collecting receivables, and a higher cost of doing business. Although we maintain certain compliance programs throughout the company, violations of U.S. and foreign laws and regulations may result in criminal or civil sanctions, including material monetary fines, penalties and other costs against us or our employees, and may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business operations conducted in China and Taiwan are important to our success. A substantial portion of our property, plant and equipment is located in China and Taiwan. We expect to make further investments in China and Taiwan in the future. Therefore, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects are subject to economic, political, legal, and social events and developments in China and Taiwan. Factors affecting military, political or economic conditions in China and Taiwan could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, as well as the market price and the liquidity of our common shares.

In some instances, we rely on third parties to assist in selling our products, and the failure of those parties to perform as expected could reduce our future revenue.

Although we primarily sell our products through direct sales, we also sell our products to some of our customers through third party sales representatives and distributors. Many of such third parties also market and sell products from our competitors. Our third party sales representatives and distributors may terminate their relationships with us at any time, or with short notice. Our future performance will also depend, in part, on our ability to attract additional third party sales representatives and distributors that will be able to market and support our products effectively, especially in markets in which we have not previously distributed our products. If our current third party sales representatives and distributors fail to perform as expected, our revenue and results of operations could be harmed.

19

Failure to manage our growth effectively may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Successful implementation of our business plan in our target markets requires effective planning and management. Our production volumes are increasing significantly and we have announced plans to increase our production capacity in response to demand for our products, adding both personnel as well as expanding our physical manufacturing facilities. We currently operate facilities in Sugar Land, Texas, Ningbo, China and Taipei, Taiwan. We currently manufacture our lasers using a proprietary process and customized equipment located only in our Sugar Land, Texas facility, and it will be costly to duplicate that facility, to scale our laser manufacturing capacity or to mitigate the risks associated with operating a single facility. The challenges of managing our geographically dispersed operations have increased and will continue to increase the demand on our management systems and resources. Moreover, we are continuing to improve our financial and managerial controls, reporting systems and procedures. Any failure to manage our expansion and the resulting demands on our management systems and resources effectively may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our loan agreements contain restrictive covenants that may adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

We have lending arrangements with several financial institutions, including loan agreements with East West Bank in the U.S., and our Taiwan location and China subsidiary have several lines of credit arrangements. Our loan agreements governing our long-term debt obligations in the U.S. contain certain financial and operating covenants that limit our management’s discretion with respect to certain business matters. Among other things, these covenants require us to maintain certain financial ratios and restrict our ability to incur additional debt in the U.S., create liens or other encumbrances, change the nature of our business, pay dividends, sell or otherwise dispose of assets and merge or consolidate with other entities. These restrictions may limit our flexibility in responding to business opportunities, competitive developments and adverse economic or industry conditions. Any failure by us or our subsidiaries to comply with these agreements could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, our obligations under our U.S. loan agreements with East West Bank are secured by substantially all of our U.S. assets. A breach of any of covenants under our loan agreements, or a failure to pay interest or indebtedness when due under any of our credit facilities, could result in a variety of adverse consequences, including the acceleration of our indebtedness.

We may not be able to obtain additional capital when desired, on favorable terms or at all.

We operate in a market that makes our prospects difficult to evaluate and, to remain competitive, we will be required to make continued investments in capital equipment, facilities and technological improvements. We expect that substantial capital will be required to expand our manufacturing capacity and fund working capital for anticipated growth. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise have the capital resources to meet our future capital needs, we may need additional financing to implement our business strategy, which includes:

· expansion of research and development;

· expansion of manufacturing capabilities;

· hiring of additional technical, sales and other personnel; and

· acquisitions of complementary businesses.

If we raise additional funds through the issuance of our common stock or convertible securities, the ownership interests of our stockholders could be significantly diluted. These newly issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. Additional financing may not, however, be available on terms favorable to us, or at all, if and when needed, and our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our infrastructure or respond to competitive pressures could be significantly limited. If we cannot raise required capital when needed, we may be unable to meet the demands of existing and prospective customers, adversely affecting our sales and market opportunities and consequently our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Future acquisitions may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

As part of our business strategy, we may pursue acquisitions of companies that we believe could enhance or complement our current product portfolio, augment our technology roadmap or diversify our revenue base. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:

· difficulties integrating the acquired business;

· unanticipated costs, capital expenditures or liabilities or changes related to research in progress and product development;

· diversion of financial and management resources from our existing business;

· difficulties integrating the business relationships with suppliers and customers of the acquired business with our existing business relationships;

· risks associated with entering markets in which we have little or no prior experience; and

· potential loss of key employees, particularly those of the acquired organizations.

20

Acquisitions may also result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets subject to potential impairment in the future, adversely affecting our operating results. We may not achieve the anticipated benefits of an acquisition if we fail to evaluate it properly, and we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate. A failure to evaluate and execute an acquisition appropriately or otherwise adequately address these risks may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to disruptions or failures in information technology systems and network infrastructures that could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

We rely on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of complex information technology systems and network infrastructures to operate our business. A disruption, infiltration or failure of our information technology systems as a result of software or hardware malfunctions, system implementations or upgrades, computer viruses, third-party security breaches, employee error, theft or misuse, malfeasance, power disruptions, natural disasters or accidents could cause a breach of data security, loss of intellectual property and critical data and the release and misappropriation of sensitive competitive information and partner, customer, and employee personal data. Any of these events could harm our competitive position, result in a loss of customer confidence, cause us to incur significant costs to remedy any damages and ultimately materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Our future results of operations may be subject to volatility as a result of exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

We have significant foreign currency exposure, and are affected by fluctuations among the U.S. dollar, the Chinese renminbi, or RMB, and the New Taiwan dollar, or NT dollar, because a substantial portion of our business is conducted in China and Taiwan. Our sales, raw materials, components and capital expenditures are denominated in U.S. dollars, RMB and NT dollars in varying amounts.

Foreign currency fluctuations may adversely affect our revenue and our costs and expenses, and hence our results of operations. The value of the NT dollar or the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and be affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. The RMB currency is no longer being pegged solely to the value of the U.S. dollar. While the international reaction to the RMB revaluation has generally been positive, there remains significant international pressure on the Chinese government to adopt an even more flexible currency policy, which may result in a further and more significant appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar. In the long term, the RMB may appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar, depending upon the fluctuation of the basket of currencies against which it is currently valued, or it may be permitted to enter into a full float, which may also result in a significant appreciation or depreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar. In addition, our currency exchange variations may be magnified by Chinese exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currency.

Our sales in Europe are denominated in U.S. dollars and fluctuations in the Euro or our customers’ other local currencies relative to the U.S. dollar may impact our customers and affect our financial performance. If our customers’ local currencies weaken against the U.S. dollar, we may need to lower our prices to remain competitive in our international markets which could have a material adverse effect on our margins. If our customers’ local currencies strengthen against the U.S. dollar and if the local sales prices cannot be raised due to competitive pressures, we will experience a deterioration of our margins.

To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedging transactions may be limited and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exposure.

Natural disasters or other catastrophic events could harm our operations.

Our operations in the U.S., China and Taiwan could be subject to significant risk of natural disasters, including earthquakes, hurricanes, typhoons, flooding and tornadoes, as well as other catastrophic events, such as epidemics, terrorist attacks or wars. For example, our corporate headquarters and wafer fabrication facility in Sugar Land, Texas, is located near Gulf of Mexico, an area that is susceptible to hurricanes. We use a proprietary MBE laser manufacturing process that requires customized equipment, and this process is currently conducted and located solely at our wafer fabrication facility in Sugar Land, Texas, such that a natural disaster, terrorist attack or other catastrophic event that affects that facility would materially harm our operations. In addition, our manufacturing facility in Taipei, Taiwan, is susceptible to typhoons, and our manufacturing facility in Ningbo, China, has from time to time, suffered electrical outages. Any disruption in our manufacturing facilities arising from these and other natural disasters or other catastrophic events could cause significant delays in the production or shipment of our products until we are able to shift production to different facilities or arrange for third parties to manufacture our products. We may not be able to obtain alternate capacity on favorable terms or at all. Our property insurance coverage with respect to natural disaster is limited and is subject to deductible and coverage limits. Such coverage may not be adequate or continue to be available at commercially reasonable rates and terms. The occurrence of any of these circumstances may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operation.

21

If we fail to protect, or incur significant costs in defending, our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our business and results of operations could be materially harmed.

Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and unfair competition laws, as well as license agreements and other contractual provisions, to establish and protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We have applied for patent registrations in the U.S. and in other foreign countries, some of which have been issued. In addition, we have registered certain trademarks in the U.S. We cannot guarantee that our pending applications will be approved by the applicable governmental authorities. Moreover, our existing and future patents and trademarks may not be sufficiently broad to protect our proprietary rights or may be held invalid or unenforceable in court. A failure to obtain patents or trademark registrations or a successful challenge to our registrations in the U.S. or other foreign countries may limit our ability to protect the intellectual property rights that these applications and registrations intended to cover.

Policing unauthorized use of our technology is difficult and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent the misappropriation, unauthorized use or other infringement of our intellectual property rights. Further, we may not be able to effectively protect our intellectual property rights from misappropriation or other infringement in foreign countries where we have not applied for patent protections, and where effective patent, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws may be unavailable, or may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as U.S. law. We may seek to secure comparable intellectual property protections in other countries. However, the level of protection afforded by patent and other laws in other countries may not be comparable to that afforded in the U.S.

We also attempt to protect our intellectual property, including our trade secrets and know-how, through the use of trade secret and other intellectual property laws, and contractual provisions. We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and independent consultants. We also use non-disclosure agreements with other third parties who may have access to our proprietary technologies and information. Such measures, however, provide only limited protection, and there can be no assurance that our confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements will not be breached, especially after our employees end their employment, and that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known by competitors or that we will have adequate remedies in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of proprietary information. Unauthorized third parties may try to copy or reverse engineer our products or portions of our products, otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property, or may independently develop similar or equivalent trade secrets or know-how. If we fail to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, or if such intellectual property and proprietary rights are infringed or misappropriated, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially harmed.

In the future, we may need to take legal actions to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property or from otherwise gaining access to our technology. Protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights and determining their validity and scope could result in significant litigation costs and require significant time and attention from our technical and management personnel, which could significantly harm our business. We may not prevail in such proceedings, and an adverse outcome may adversely impact our competitive advantage or otherwise harm our financial condition and our business.

We may be involved in intellectual property disputes in the future, which could divert management’s attention, cause us to incur significant costs and prevent us from selling or using the challenged technology.

Participants in the markets in which we sell our products have experienced frequent litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. While we have a policy in place that is designed to reduce the risk of infringement of intellectual property rights of others and we have conducted a limited review of other companies’ relevant patents, there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against us. We cannot be certain that our products would not be found infringing on the intellectual property rights of others. Regardless of their merit, responding to such claims can be time consuming, divert management’s attention and resources and may cause us to incur significant expenses. Intellectual property claims against us could force us to do one or more of the following:

· obtain from a third party claiming infringement a license to the relevant technology, which may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all;

· stop manufacturing, selling, incorporating or using our products that use the challenged intellectual property;

· pay substantial monetary damages; or

· expend significant resources to redesign the products that use the technology and to develop non-infringing technology.

22

Any of these actions could result in a substantial reduction in our revenue and could result in losses over an extended period of time.

In any potential intellectual property dispute, our customers could also become the target of litigation. Because we often indemnify our customers for intellectual property claims made against them with respect to our products, any claims against our customers could trigger indemnification claims against us. These obligations could result in substantial expenses such as legal expenses, damages for past infringement or royalties for future use. Any indemnity claim could also adversely affect our relationships with our customers and result in substantial costs to us.

If we fail to obtain the right to use the intellectual property rights of others that are necessary to operate our business, and to protect their intellectual property, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

From time to time we may choose to or be required to license technology or intellectual property from third parties in connection with the development of our products. We cannot assure you that third party licenses will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Generally, a license, if granted, would include payments of up-front fees, ongoing royalties or both. These payments or other terms could have a significant adverse impact on our results of operations. Our inability to obtain a necessary third party license required for our product offerings or to develop new products and product enhancements could require us to substitute technology of lower quality or performance standards, or of greater cost, either of which could adversely affect our business. If we are not able to obtain licenses from third parties, if necessary, then we may also be subject to litigation to defend against infringement claims from these third parties. Our competitors may be able to obtain licenses or cross-license their technology on better terms than we can, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

Preparing our consolidated financial statements involves a number of complex manual and automated processes, which are dependent upon individual data input or review and require significant management judgment. One or more of these elements may result in errors that may not be detected and could result in a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements. We have not performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, such as would be required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, nor have we engaged our independent registered public accounting firm to perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, for so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, which may be up to five years following our initial public offering in September 2013, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. During the course of any evaluation, documentation or attestation, we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify weaknesses and deficiencies that we may not otherwise identify in a timely manner or at all as a result of the deferred implementation of this additional level of review.

We have implemented internal controls that we believe provide reasonable assurance that we will be able to avoid accounting errors or material weaknesses in future periods. However, our internal controls cannot guarantee that no accounting errors exist or that all accounting errors, no matter how immaterial, will be detected because a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, but not absolute assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial results could be adversely impacted. This could result in late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, restatements of our consolidated financial statements, a decline in our stock price, suspension or delisting of our common stock by NASDAQ, or other material adverse effects on our business, reputation, results of operations or financial condition.

Our ability to use our net operating losses and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2014, we had U.S. accumulated net operating losses, or NOLs, of approximately $56.5 million for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs, R&D credits and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. An ownership change is generally defined as a greater than 50% change in equity ownership by value over a 3-year period. Based upon an analysis of our equity ownership, we have experienced an ownership change and our NOL is limited in dollar amount. As of December 31, 2014, of the total accumulated NOL, only $31.5 million is available for utilization in future periods to offset federal taxable income. Each year after 2014, an additional $0.3 million is added to the total available NOL, until a maximum of $34.9 million is reached. The amount of NOL available each year may decrease by the amount of NOL utilized and may increase by the amount of any operating losses incurred. Should we experience additional ownership changes, our NOL carry forwards may be further limited.

23

Changes in our effective tax rate may adversely affect our results of operation and our business.

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and other foreign jurisdictions, including China. We base our tax position on the anticipated nature and conduct of our business and our understanding of the tax laws of the countries in which we have assets or conduct activities. Our tax position may be reviewed or challenged by tax authorities. Moreover, the tax laws currently in effect may change, and such changes may have retroactive effect. We have inter-company arrangements in place providing for administrative and financing services and transfer pricing, which involve a significant degree of judgment and are often subject to close review by tax authorities. The tax authorities may challenge our positions related to these agreements. If the tax authorities successfully challenge our positions, our effective tax rate may increase, adversely affecting our results of operation and our business.

Our manufacturing operations are subject to environmental regulation that could limit our growth or impose substantial costs, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations.

Our properties, operations and products are subject to the environmental laws and regulations of the jurisdictions in which we operate and sell products. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges, the management and disposal of hazardous materials, the contamination of soil and groundwater, employee health and safety and the content, performance, packaging and disposal of products. Our failure to comply with current and future environmental laws and regulations, or the identification of contamination for which we are liable, could subject us to substantial costs, including fines, clean-up costs, third-party property damages or personal injury claims, and make significant investments to upgrade our facilities or curtail our operations. Liability under environmental, health and safety laws can be joint and several and without regard to fault or negligence. For example, pursuant to environmental laws and regulations, including but not limited to the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, we may be liable for the full amount of any remediation-related costs at properties we currently own or formerly owned, such as our currently owned Sugar Land, Texas facility, or at properties at which we operated, as well as at properties we will own or operate in the future, and properties to which we have sent hazardous substances, whether or not we caused the contamination. Identification of presently unidentified environmental conditions, more vigorous enforcement by a governmental authority, enactment of more stringent legal requirements or other unanticipated events could give rise to adverse publicity, restrict our operations, affect the design or marketability of our products or otherwise cause us to incur material environmental costs, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to risks and increased expenses and business risk as a result of Restriction on Hazardous Substances, or RoHS directives.

Following the lead of the European Union, or EU, various governmental agencies have either already put into place or are planning to introduce regulations that regulate the permissible levels of hazardous substances in products sold in various regions of the world. For example, the RoHS directive for EU took effect on July 1, 2006. The labeling provisions of similar legislation in China went into effect on March 1, 2007. Consequently, many suppliers of products sold into the EU have required their suppliers to be compliant with the new directive. Many of our customers have adopted this approach and have required our full compliance. Though we have devoted a significant amount of resources and effort in planning and executing our RoHS program, it is possible that some of our products might be incompatible with such regulations. In such events, we could experience the following consequences: loss of revenue, damages reputation, diversion of resources, monetary penalties, and legal action.

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act which generally prohibits U.S. companies from engaging in bribery or other prohibited payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. In addition, we are required to maintain records that accurately and fairly represent our transactions and have an adequate system of internal accounting controls. Foreign companies, including some that may compete with us, may not be subject to these prohibitions, and therefore may have a competitive advantage over us. If we are not successful in implementing and maintaining adequate preventative measures, we may be responsible for acts of our employees or other agents engaging in such conduct. We could suffer severe penalties and other consequences that may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

24

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.

We are subject to export and import control laws, trade regulations and other trade requirements that limit which products we sell and where and to whom we sell our products. Specifically, the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce is responsible for regulating the export of most commercial items that are so called dual-use goods that may have both commercial and military applications. A limited number of our products are exported by license under the Export Control Classification Number, or ECCN, of 5A991. Export Control Classification requirements are dependent upon an item’s technical characteristics, the destination, the end-use, and the end-user, and other activities of the end-user. Should the regulations applicable to our products change, or the restrictions applicable to countries to which we ship our products change, then the export of our products to such countries could be restricted. As a result, our ability to export or sell our products to certain countries could be restricted, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Changes in our products or any change in export or import regulations or related legislation, shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in delayed or decreased sales of our products to existing or potential customers. In such event, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Rapidly changing standards and regulations could make our products obsolete, which would cause our revenue and results of operations to suffer.

We design our products to conform to regulations established by governments and to standards set by industry standards bodies worldwide, such as the American National Standards Institute, the European Telecommunications Standards Institute, the International Telecommunications Union and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. Various industry organizations are currently considering whether and to what extent to create standards applicable to our products. Because certain of our products are designed to conform to current specific industry standards, if competing or new standards emerge that are preferred by our customers, we would have to make significant expenditures to develop new products. If our customers adopt new or competing industry standards with which our products are not compatible, or the industry groups adopt standards or governments issue regulations with which our products are not compatible, our existing products would become less desirable to our customers and our revenue and results of operations would suffer.

Compliance with regulations related to conflict minerals could increase costs and affect the manufacturing and sale of our products.

Public companies are required to disclose the use of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold (collectively, “conflict minerals”) mined from the Democratic Republic of the Congo and adjoining countries (the “covered countries”) if a conflict mineral(s) is necessary to the functionality of a product manufactured, or contracted to be manufactured, by the company. We may determine, as part of our compliance efforts, that certain products or components we obtain from our suppliers contain conflict minerals. If we are unable to conclude that all our products are free from conflict minerals originating from covered countries, this could have a negative impact on our business, reputation and/or results of operations. We may also encounter challenges to satisfy customers who require that our products be certified as conflict free, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage if we are unable to substantiate such a claim. Compliance with these rules could also affect the sourcing and availability of some of the minerals used in the manufacture of products or components we obtain from our suppliers, including our ability to obtain products or components in sufficient quantities and/or at competitive prices. Certain of our customers are requiring additional information from us regarding the origin of our raw materials, and complying with these customer requirements may cause us to incur additional costs, such as costs related to determining the origin of any minerals used in our products. Our supply chain is complex and we may be unable to verify the origins for all metals used in our products. We may also encounter challenges with our customers and stockholders if we are unable to certify that our products are conflict free.

Risks Related to Our Operations in China

Adverse changes in economic and political policies in China, or Chinese laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on business conditions and the overall economic growth of China, which could adversely affect our business.

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. The Chinese economy has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy. Despite reforms, the government continues to exercise significant control over China’s economic growth by way of the allocation of resources, control over foreign currency-denominated obligations and monetary policy and provision of preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

25

In addition, the laws, regulations and legal requirements in China, including the laws that apply to foreign-invested enterprises, or FIEs, are subject to frequent changes. The interpretation and enforcement of such laws is uncertain. Protections of intellectual property rights and confidentiality in China may not be as effective as in the U.S. or other countries or regions with more developed legal systems. Any litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. Any adverse changes to these laws, regulations and legal requirements or their interpretation or enforcement could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Furthermore, while China’s economy has experienced rapid growth in the past 20 years, growth has been uneven across different regions, among various economic sectors and over time. China has also in the past and may in the future experience economic downturns due to, for example, government austerity measures, changes in government policies relating to capital spending, limitations placed on the ability of commercial banks to make loans, reduced levels of exports and international trade, inflation, lack of financial liquidity, stock market volatility and global economic conditions. Any of these developments could contribute to a decline in business and consumer spending in addition to other adverse market conditions, which could adversely affect our business.

The termination and expiration or unavailability of our preferential tax treatments in China may have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Prior to January 1, 2008, entities established in China were generally subject to a 30% state and 3% local enterprise income tax rate. In accordance with the China Income Tax Law for Enterprises with Foreign Investment and Foreign Enterprises, effective through December 31, 2007, our China subsidiary enjoyed preferential income tax rates. Effective January 1, 2008, the China Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT law, imposes a single uniform income tax rate of 25% on all Chinese enterprises, including FIEs, and eliminates or modifies most of the tax exemptions, reductions and preferential treatment available under the previous tax laws and regulations. As a result, our China subsidiary may be subject to the uniform income tax rate of 25% unless we are able to qualify for preferential status. Currently, we have qualified for a preferential 15% tax rate that is available for state-encouraged new high technology enterprises. The preferential rate applies to calendar years 2014, 2013 and 2012. We applied for an additional three years of preferential status with the Chinese government in 2014 and received approval as a high-technology enterprise through September 2017. Any future increase in the enterprise income tax rate applicable to us or the expiration or other limitation of preferential tax rates available to us could increase our tax liabilities and reduce our net income.

China regulation of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to China entities may delay or prevent us from making loans or additional capital contributions to our China subsidiary.

Any loans that we wish to make to our China subsidiary are subject to China regulations and approvals. For example, any loans to our China subsidiary to finance their activities cannot exceed statutory limits, must be registered with State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its local counterpart, and must be approved by the relevant government authorities. Any capital contributions to our China subsidiary must be approved by the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart. In addition, under Circular 142, our China subsidiary, as a FIE, may not be able to convert our capital contributions to them into RMB for equity investments or acquisitions in China.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to our future loans or capital contributions to our China subsidiary. If we fail to receive such registrations or approvals, our ability to capitalize our China subsidiary may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and ability to fund and expand our business.

Our China subsidiary is subject to Chinese labor laws and regulations and Chinese labor laws may increase our operating costs in China.

The China Labor Contract Law, together with its implementing rules, provides increased rights to Chinese employees. Previously, an employer had discretionary power in deciding the probation period, not to exceed six months. Additionally, the employment contract could only be terminated for cause. Under these rules, the probation period varies depending on contract terms and the employment contract can only be terminated during the probation period for cause upon three days’ notice. Additionally, an employer may not be able to terminate a contract during the probation period on the grounds of a material change of circumstances or a mass layoff. The new law also has specific provisions on conditions when an employer has to sign an employment contract with open-ended terms. If an employer fails to enter into an open-ended contract in certain circumstances, the employer must pay the employee twice their monthly wage beginning from the time the employer should have executed an open-ended contract. Additionally an employer must pay severance for nearly all terminations, including when an employer decides not to renew a fixed-term contract. These laws may increase our costs and reduce our flexibility.

26

The turnover of direct labor in manufacturing industries in China is high, which could adversely affect our production, shipments and results of operations.

Employee turnover of direct labor in the manufacturing sector in China is high and retention of such personnel is a challenge to companies located in or with operations in China. Although direct labor costs do not represent a high proportion of our overall manufacturing costs, direct labor is required for the manufacture of our products. If our direct labor turnover rates are higher than we expect, or we otherwise fail to adequately manage our direct labor turnover rates, then our results of operations could be adversely affected.

An increase in our labor costs in China may adversely affect our business and our profitability.

A significant portion of our workforce is located in China. Labor costs in China have been increasing recently due to labor unrest, strikes and changes in employment laws. If labor costs in China continue to increase, our costs will increase. If we are not able to pass these increases on to our customers, our business, profitability and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We may have difficulty establishing and maintaining adequate management and financial controls over our China operations.

Businesses in China have historically not adopted a western style of management and financial reporting concepts and practices, which includes strong corporate governance, internal controls and computer, financial and other control systems. Moreover, familiarity with U.S. GAAP principles and reporting procedures is less common in China. As a consequence, we may have difficulty finding accounting personnel experienced with U.S. GAAP, and we may have difficulty training and integrating our China-based accounting staff with our U.S.-based finance organization. As a result of these factors, we may experience difficulty in establishing management and financial controls over our China operations. These difficulties include collecting financial data and preparing financial statements, books of account and corporate records and instituting business practices that meet U.S. public-company reporting requirements. We may, in turn, experience difficulties in implementing and maintaining adequate internal controls as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Our stock price has been and is likely to be volatile.

The market price of our common stock has been and is likely to be subject to wide fluctuations in response to, among other things, the risk factors described in this section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and other factors beyond our control, such as fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us.

Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

In the past, many companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may become the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

27

We have incurred and will continue to incur significant increased expenses and administrative burdens as a public company, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial results.

We face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses as a public company that we did not incur as a private company, and greater expenditures may be necessary in the future with the advent of new laws, regulations and stock exchange listing requirements pertaining to public companies. These increased costs will require us to divert a significant amount of money that we could otherwise use to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the requirements of Section 404, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the NASDAQ Global Market, impose additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. Compliance with public company requirements has increased our costs and made some activities more time-consuming. For example, we have created new board committees and adopted new internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. In addition, we will have incurred and will continue to incur additional expenses associated with our SEC reporting requirements. Furthermore, if we identify any issues in complying with those requirements (for example, if we or our auditors identify a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting), we could incur additional costs rectifying those issues, and the existence of those issues could adversely affect us, our reputation or investor perceptions of us. Advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties may also prompt additional changes in governance and reporting requirements, which could further increase our costs.

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

We currently do not plan to declare or pay dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement with East West Bank restrict our ability to pay dividends. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on any shares of our common stock that you may acquire will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. There is no guarantee that the price of our common stock in the market will ever exceed the price that you pay.

Our charter documents, stock incentive plans and Delaware law could prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also reduce the market price of our stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws and our stock incentive plans contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions include:

· providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;

· not providing for cumulative voting in the election of directors;

· authorizing our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock rights senior to those of common stock;

· prohibiting stockholder action by written consent;

· limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders;

· requiring advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals; and

· change of control provisions in our stock incentive plans, and the individual stock option agreements, which provide that a change of control may accelerate the vesting of the stock options issued under such plans.

In addition, the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law governs us. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding common stock, from engaging in certain business combinations without the approval of substantially all of our stockholders for a certain period of time.

These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts, reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future and result in the market price being lower than it would be without these provisions. See “Description of Capital Stock—Preferred stock” and “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-takeover effects of Delaware law.”

28

Some provisions of our named executive officers’ agreements regarding change of control or separation of service contain obligations for us to make separation payments to them upon their termination.

Certain provisions contained in our employment agreements with our named executive officers regarding change of control or separation of service may obligate us to make lump sum severance payments and related payments upon the termination of their employment with us, other than such executive officer’s resignation without good reason or our termination of their employment as a result of their disability or for cause. In the event we are required to make these separation payments, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for the fiscal period in which such payments are made.

If research analysts do not publish research about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend on the research and reports that research analysts publish about us and our business. The price of our common stock could decline if one or more research analysts downgrade our common stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. If one or more of the research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

As an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, we will utilize certain modified disclosure requirements, and we cannot be certain if these reduced requirements will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act. We have in this Annual Report on Form 10-K utilized, and we plan in future filings with the SEC to continue to utilize, the modified disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, including reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and an exemption from the requirement that outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to utilize this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards as they become applicable to public companies.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

29

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

Not Applicable.

Item 2.  Properties

We maintain manufacturing, research and development, sales and administrative offices in the U.S., China and Taiwan. Our corporate headquarters is located at our facility in Sugar Land, Texas. The table below provides information regarding our facilities.

Location	Owned or Lease Expiration Date	Approximate Square Footage		Use
Sugar Land, Texas	Owned (1)		23,850	Administration, sales, manufacturing, research and development
Sugar Land, Texas	May 31, 2015		7,066	Research and development
Ningbo, China	Owned (2)		458,849	Administration, sales, manufacturing, research and development
Taipei, Taiwan	March 31, 2015 (3)		55,269	Administration, sales, manufacturing, research and development
Taipei, Taiwan	May 31, 2029 (4)		268,797	Administration, sales, manufacturing, research and development

____________

(1) The property is subject to a mortgage in favor of East West Bank, securing our short-term debt obligations.

(2) Our China subsidiary acquired the land use rights to the real property on which our new facility is located from the Chinese government. The land use rights expire on October 7, 2054. Our China subsidiary owns the facility located on the property.

(3)	Leases covering four floors expire on March 31, 2015.
(4)	Our Taiwan subsidiary relocated its entire operation to this new facility in November 2014. Lease covering the new facility commenced on June 1, 2014 and expires on May 31, 2029.

On January 26, 2015, we began construction on a new facility to expand our laser fabrication facilities and office space in Sugar Land, Texas.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

We anticipate that we will from time to time be subject to various claims and legal actions during the ordinary course of our business. We are not aware of any material claims or legal actions to which we, our properties or our officers or directors are subject.

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosure

Not Applicable.

30

PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On September 26, 2013, our common stock began to trade on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “AAOI”. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. As of March 2, 2015 there were 102 holders of record of our common stock (not including beneficial holders of our common stock holder in street name). The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Global Market.

	Low		High
Fiscal Year 2013:
Third Quarter	$	9.37	$	10.44
Fourth Quarter	$	9.07	$	16.61
Fiscal Year 2014:
First Quarter	$	11.19	$	28.01
Second Quarter	$	15.52	$	24.58
Third Quarter	$	15.61	$	24.10
Fourth Quarter	$	9.26	$	16.66

The graph below shows the cumulative total stockholder return of an investment of $100 (and the reinvestment of any dividends thereafter) on September 26, 2013 (the first trading day of our common stock) in (i) our common stock, (ii) the NASDAQ Composite Index and (iii) the NASDAQ Telecommunications Index. Our stock price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of future stock price performance. The following graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or be deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing, except to the extent that we specifically state that such graph and related information are incorporated by reference into such filing.

 

PERCENT CHANGE
Date	AAOI		NASDAQ Telecom		NASDAQ Composite
9/26/2013		100.00%		100.00%		100.00%
9/30/2013		100.40%		99.42%		99.58%
12/31/2013		150.70%		102.48%		110.28%
3/31/2014		247.69%		102.84%		110.87%
6/30/2014		232.93%		107.30%		116.39%
9/30/2014		161.65%		106.44%		118.64%
12/31/2014		112.65%		111.61%		125.05%

31

For equity compensation plan information refer to Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

On September 25, 2013, our registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-190591) for our initial public offering was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The offering commenced on September 26, 2013. We sold 3,600,000 shares of our common stock at a price to the public of $10.00 per share and the transaction was completed on October 1, 2013. Raymond James & Associates, Inc. and Piper Jaffray & Co. were the managing underwriters. We received net proceeds of $31.4 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $2.5 million and other offering expenses of approximately $2.0 million.

On March 25, 2014, we closed our follow-on public offering of 3,000,000 shares of common stock, at a price of $24.25 per share before underwriting discounts and commissions. We sold 1,575,235 of such shares and existing stockholders sold an aggregate of 1,424,765 of such shares. On March 28, 2014 we sold an additional 450,000 shares as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares. Raymond James & Associates, Inc. and Piper Jaffray & Co. were the managing underwriters. The follow-on public offering generated net proceeds to us of $45.6 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $2.7 million and other offering expenses of approximately $0.8 million. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders in the follow-on public offering.

With the net proceeds of our initial public offering and our follow-on public offering, we invested $40.0 million for the purchase of machinery and equipment and intangible assets and $19.3 million for inventory to support our new product development efforts and repaid $17.8 million of outstanding debt.

There have been no material changes in the use of proceeds from our IPO and our follow-on public offering from that described in our registration statements filed with the SEC.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, terms of financing arrangements, applicable Delaware law, capital requirements and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant. In addition, the terms of our loan agreements governing our long-term debt obligations restricts us from paying dividends.

32

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. You should read this summary consolidated financial data together with the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 from our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that have previously been filed with the SEC. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

	Years ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:	(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Revenue	$	130,449		$	78,424		$	63,421		$	47,840		$	40,489
Cost of goods sold (1)		86,203			55,396			44,492			34,468			27,539
Gross profit		44,246			23,028			18,929			13,372			12,950
Operating expenses:
Research and development (1)		15,970			8,512			7,603			6,451			5,176
Sales and marketing (1)		6,043			4,191			3,135			2,412			1,993
General and administrative (1)		17,095			10,632			8,012			8,243			8,382
Asset impairment charges		–			–			–			–			492
Total operating expenses		39,108			23,335			18,750			17,106			16,043
Income (loss) from operations		5,138			(307	)		179			(3,734	)		(3,093	)
Interest and other income (expense), net:
Interest income		369			104			26			15			34
Interest expense		(326	)		(1,125	)		(1,381	)		(1,338	)		(906	)
Other income (expense), net		(699	)		(78	)		231			(271	)		585
Total interest and other income (expense), net		(656	)		(1,099	)		(1,124	)		(1,594	)		(287	)
Income (loss) before income taxes		4,482			(1,406	)		(945	)		(5,328	)		(3,380	)
Provision for income taxes		(199	)		–			–			–			–
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders	$	4,283		$	(1,406	)	$	(945	)	$	(5,328	)	$	(3,380	)
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
Basic	$	0.30		$	(0.14	)	$	(3.56	)	$	(20.21	)	$	(13.06	)
Diluted	$	0.28		$	(0.14	)	$	(3.56	)	$	(20.21	)	$	(13.06	)
Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
Basic		14,307,477			9,964,955			265,576			263,658			258,901
Diluted		15,186,961			9,964,955			265,576			263,658			258,901

____________

(1) These expenses include share-based compensation expense. Share-based compensation expense is accounted for at fair value, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Share-based compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the stock options and was included in cost of goods sold and operating expenses as follows:

33

	Years ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
	(in thousands)
Cost of goods sold	$	88	$	56	$	7
Research and development		115		53		8
Sales and marketing		98		52		9
General and administrative		1,760		908		137
Total share-based compensation expense	$	2,061	$	1,069	$	161

	Years ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
	(in thousands)
Consolidated balance sheet data:
Total cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments	$	40,873		$	30,751		$	11,226		$	2,074		$	4,643
Working capital (1)		64,638			38,879			13,669			(1,911	)		(2,322	)
Total assets		183,670			111,057			65,748			53,723			52,934
Total debt (2)		29,919			28,455			24,584			22,597			23,071
Convertible preferred stock		–			–			105,367			94,373			90,423
Common stock and additional paid-in-capital		192,127			144,036			5,542			5,303			4,723
Total deficit	$	(79,040	)	$	(83,323	)	$	(81,917	)	$	(80,972	)	$	(75,643	)

____________

(1)	Working capital is defined as total current assets less total current liabilities.
(2)	Total debt is defined as short-term loans, notes payable and total long-term debt.

34

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion and other parts of this Annual Report on Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a leading, vertically integrated provider of fiber-optic networking products. We target three networking end-markets: internet data centers, CATV and FTTH. We design and manufacture a range of optical communications products at varying levels of integration, from components, subassemblies and modules to complete turn-key equipment. In designing products for our customers, we begin with the fundamental building blocks of lasers and laser components. From these foundational products, we design and manufacture a wide range of products to meet our customers’ needs and specifications, and such products differ from each other by their end market, intended use and level of integration. We are primarily focused on the higher-performance segments within the internet data center, CATV, and FTTH markets which increasingly demand faster connectivity and innovation. Our vertically integrated manufacturing model provides us several advantages, including rapid product development, fast response times to customer requests and control over product quality and manufacturing costs.

The three end markets we target are all driven by significant bandwidth demand fueled by the growth of network-connected devices, video traffic, cloud computing and online social networking. Within the internet data center market, we benefit from the increasing use of higher-capacity optical networking technology as a replacement for copper cables, particularly as speeds reach 10 gigabits per second and above, as well as the movement to open internet data center architectures and the increasing use of in-house equipment design among leading internet companies. Within the CATV market, we benefit from a number of ongoing trends including the global build-out of CATV infrastructure, the move to higher bandwidth networks among CATV service providers and the outsourcing of system design among CATV networking equipment companies. In the FTTH market, we benefit from continuing PON deployments and system upgrades among telecommunication service providers.

We sell our products to leading original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, in the CATV and FTTH markets as well as internet data center operators. In 2014, we earned 36.3% of our total revenue from the CATV market, and 49.4% of our total revenue from the data center market. In 2014, our key customers in the CATV market included Cisco Systems and Arris Group, Inc. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, Cisco Systems accounted for 8.9%, 21.8%, and 33.2%, respectively, of our revenue and Arris Group, Inc. accounted for 4.5%, 3.3% and 0.8%, respectively, of our revenue. In 2014, our key customers that contributed most to our FTTH revenue were a leading internet service provider and Genexis B.V., which accounted for 5.8% and 0.8% of our total revenue, respectively. In 2014, our key customers in the internet data center market included Amazon and Microsoft. In 2014 and 2013, Amazon accounted for 45.8% and 18.2% of our revenue, respectively, and Microsoft accounted for 3.6% and 6.1% of our revenue, respectively. In 2014, revenue from the CATV market, data center market, FTTH market and other markets provided 36.3%, 49.4%, 10.4%, and 3.9% of our revenue, respectively, compared to 60.4%, 24.7%, 5.6% and 9.3% of our 2013 revenue, respectively. 

Our sales model focuses on direct engagement and close coordination with our customers to determine product design, qualifications, performance and price. Our strategy is to use our direct sales force to sell to key accounts and to expand our use of distributors for increased coverage in certain international markets and certain domestic market segments. We have direct sales personnel that cover the U.S., Taiwan and China focusing primarily on major OEM customers and internet data center operators. Throughout our sales cycle, we work closely with our customers to qualify our products into their product lines. As a result, we strive to build strategic and long-lasting customer relationships and deliver products that are customized to our customers’ requirements.

Our business depends on winning competitive bid selection processes to develop components, systems and equipment for use in our customers’ products. These selection processes are typically lengthy, and as a result, our sales cycles will vary based on the level of customization required, market served, whether the design win is with an existing or new customer and whether our solution being designed in our customers’ product is our first generation or subsequent generation product. We do not have any long-term purchase commitments (in excess of one year) with any of our customers, all of whom purchase our products on a purchase order basis. Once one of our solutions is incorporated into a customer’s design, however, we believe that our solution is likely to continue to be purchased for that design throughout that product’s life cycle because of the time and expense associated with redesigning the product or substituting an alternative solution.

35

In 2014, 2013 and 2012, we had 15, 17 and 15 design wins, respectively. We define a design win as the successful completion of the evaluation stage, where our customer has tested our product, verified that our product meets substantially all of their requirements and has informed us that they intend to purchase the product from us. Although we believe that our ability to obtain design wins is a key strength and can provide meaningful and recurring revenue, an increase or decrease in the mere number of design wins does not necessarily correlate to a likely increase or decrease in revenue, particularly in the short term. As such, the number of design wins we achieve on a quarterly or annual basis and any increase or decrease in design wins will not necessarily result in a corresponding increase or decrease in revenue in the same or immediately succeeding quarter or year. For example, if our total number of design wins in an annual or quarterly period increases or decreases compared to the total number of design wins in a prior period, this does not necessarily mean that our revenue in such period will be higher or lower than our revenue in the prior period. In fact, our experience is that some design wins result in significant revenue and some do not, and the timing of such revenue is difficult to predict as it depends on the success of the end customer’s product that uses our components. Thus, some design wins result in orders and significant revenue shortly after the design win is awarded and other design wins do not result in significant orders and revenue for several months or longer after the initial design win (if at all). We do believe that over a period of years the collective impact of design wins correlates to our overall revenue growth.

We believe we have an attractive financial profile, with strong revenue performance and control over our manufacturing costs through our vertically integrated manufacturing model. While we have incurred substantial losses since our inception, and as of December 31, 2014 had an accumulated deficit of $79.0 million, we achieved profitability in 2014. We have grown our revenue at a 31.7% CAGR between 2009 and 2014, including 66.3% growth year-over-year from 2013 to 2014.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

Increasing Consumer Demand for Bandwidth. Bandwidth demand in all of our target markets is driving service provider investment in new equipment and in turn generating demand for our products. Increasingly, optical networking technologies are being incorporated into networking equipment, replacing legacy copper-based networking technologies. This shift to optical networking solutions benefits us as a provider of those solutions.

Pricing, Product Cost and Margins. Our solution pricing varies depending upon the end market, the complexity of the product and the level of competition. Our product costs also vary with complexity as well as the degree to which we can utilize components designed and manufactured ourselves. We tend to realize higher gross margins on products that incorporate a higher percentage of our own components. We often initially experience lower gross margins on new products, as our pricing is based upon anticipated volume-driven cost reductions over the life of the design win. Thus, if we are unable to realize our expected cost reductions, we may experience declining gross margins on such products.

Our product pricing is established when the product is initially introduced to the market, and thereafter through periodic negotiations with customers. We generally do not agree to periodic automatic price reductions. Furthermore, due to the dynamics in the CATV market and the value of our outsourced design services to our customers, we believe we face less downward price pressure than many of our competitors. We sell a wide variety of products among our three target markets and our gross margin is heavily dependent in any quarter on the product mix achieved during that period.

Customer Concentration within End Markets. Historically, our revenue has been significantly concentrated, first within the CATV market and in 2014 within the internet data center market. Moreover, within these markets revenue tends to be concentrated among a small number of customers. In 2014, we have taken several actions to increase the diversity of our customer base. These actions include the creation of a new sales incentive program, hiring additional sales staff to improve our ability to serve new customers, and additional customized design of products that we believe will appeal to new customers. Furthermore, we have developed additional original design manufacturer, or ODM, relationships with customers in each of our target markets which should enable us to diversify our revenue base.

Product Development. We invest heavily to develop new and innovative products. The majority of our research and development expense is allocated to product development, usually with a specific customer and customer platform in mind. We believe our close coordination with our customers regarding their future product requirements enhances the efficiency of our research and development expenditures.

36

Discussion of Financial Performance

Revenue

We generate revenue through the sale of our products to equipment providers for the CATV, FTTH and internet data center markets. We derive a significant portion of our revenue from our top ten customers, and we anticipate that we will continue to do so for the foreseeable future. The following chart provides the revenue contribution from each of the markets we serve for the years 2014, 2013 and 2012, as well as the corresponding percentage of our total revenue for each period:

	Dec. 31,	Sep. 30,	Jun. 30,	Mar. 31,	Dec. 31,	Sep. 30,	Jun. 30,	Mar. 31,	Dec. 31,	Sep. 30,	Jun. 30,	Mar. 31,
Market	2014	2014	2014	2014	2013	2013	2013	2013	2012	2012	2012	2012
	(in thousands, except percentages)
CATV	14,749	12,245	10,646	9,748	14,041	14,559	10,514	8,259	13,277	13,530	13,274	9,761
Datacenter	14,923	20,056	17,899	11,575	5,910	3,216	6,640	3,620	2,998	977	647	670
FTTH	5,663	2,616	3,096	2,216	1,603	982	705	1,087	1,512	698	418	1,063
Other	1,056	1,632	1,009	1,320	2,190	2,009	1,738	1,351	1,074	1,211	1,299	1,012
Total	36,391	36,549	32,650	24,859	23,744	20,766	19,597	14,317	18,861	16,416	15,638	12,506
	Percentage of Revenue
CATV	40.5%	33.5%	32.6%	39.2%	59.1%	70.1%	53.7%	57.7%	70.4%	82.4%	84.9%	78.1%
Datacenter	41.0%	54.9%	54.8%	46.6%	24.9%	15.5%	33.9%	25.3%	15.9%	6.0%	4.1%	5.4%
FTTH	15.6%	7.2%	9.5%	8.9%	6.7%	4.7%	3.6%	7.6%	8.0%	4.2%	2.7%	8.5%
Other	2.9%	4.4%	3.1%	5.3%	9.3%	9.7%	8.8%	9.4%	5.7%	7.4%	8.3%	8.0%
Total	100.0%	100.0%	100.0%	100.0%	100.0%	100.0%	100.0%	100.0%	100.0%	100.0%	100.0%	100.0%

In 2014, 2013 and 2012, our top ten customers represented 87.2%, 76.9% and 77.6% of our revenue, respectively. In 2014, our key customers in the CATV market included Cisco Systems, Arris Group, Inc. and Pace plc. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, Cisco Systems accounted for 8.9%, 21.8%, and 33.2%, respectively, of our revenue and Arris Group, Inc. accounted for 4.5%, 3.3% and 0.8%, respectively, of our revenue. In 2014, our key customers in the internet data center market included Amazon and Microsoft. In 2014 and 2013, Amazon accounted for 45.8% and 18.2% of our revenue, respectively, and Microsoft accounted for 3.6% and 6.1% of our revenue, respectively.

In 2014, our key customers that contributed most to our FTTH revenue were a leading internet service provider and Genexis B.V. , which accounted for 5.8% and 0.8% of our total revenue, respectively. 

Revenue is recognized when the product is shipped and title has transferred to the customer. We bear all costs and risks of loss or damage to the goods up to that point. On most orders, our terms of sale provide that title passes to the customer upon placement by us with a common carrier (upon shipment). A majority of our annual sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, but some sales from our Taiwan location and China-based subsidiary are denominated in NT dollars and RMB, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2014, 7.9% of our total revenue was derived from our China-based subsidiary, with $5.4 million denominated in RMB and an immaterial amount denominated in NT dollars. We expect a similar portion of our sales to be denominated in foreign currencies in 2015.

Cost of goods sold and gross margin

Our cost of goods sold is impacted by variances arising from changes in yields and production volume. We typically experience lower yields and higher associated costs on new products. In general, our cost of goods sold for a particular product declines over time as a result of increasing efficiencies in the manufacturing processes, or supply cost declines, as well as yield improvements and testing enhancements.

37

We manufacture our products in all three of our facilities in the U.S., Taiwan and China. Generally, laser chips and optical components are manufactured in our U.S. facility, optical components and subassemblies are manufactured in our Taiwan facility, and optical equipment is manufactured in our China facility. Because of our vertical integration model, we utilize our own products in our semi-finished and finished goods that we sell between and among our respective manufacturing operations. We base those internal sales upon established transfer pricing methodologies. However, we eliminate all of those internal sales, and cost of goods sold transactions, to arrive at total revenue and cost of goods sold on a consolidated basis.

We have a global set of suppliers to help balance considerations related to product availability, quality and cost. Components of our cost of goods sold are denominated in U.S. or NT dollars or RMB, depending upon the manufacturing location.

Gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, or gross margin, has been and is expected to continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including the introduction of new products, production volumes, the mix of products sold, the geographic region in which products are sold, changes in the cost and volumes of materials purchased from our suppliers, changes in labor costs, changes in overhead costs, reserves for excess and obsolete inventories and changes in the average selling prices of our products. Although our overall gross margins over the past three years have been between 27.8% and 34.8%, our gross margins vary more broadly on a product-by-product basis. Our newer and more advanced products typically have higher average selling prices and higher gross margins; however, until the product volumes scale, the gross margin from newer and advanced products may initially be lower. Within our markets, we sell similar products to different geographic regions at different prices, and therefore realize different gross margins among those similar products. We generally realize a lower gross margin in sales to Asian markets. Our strategy is to improve our gross margins through vertical integration such as utilization of our own laser chips and optical sub-components in our solutions. We expect that our gross margins are likely to continue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter because of the variety of products we sell and the relative product mix within a quarter.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses. Personnel costs are the most significant component of operating expenses and include salaries, benefits, bonuses and share-based compensation. With regard to sales and marketing expense, personnel costs also include sales commissions.

Research and development. Research and development, or R&D, expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including share-based compensation for R&D personnel, and R&D work orders (that include material, direct labor and allocated overhead), as well as allocated development costs, such as engineering services, software and hardware tools, depreciation of capital equipment and facility costs. We record all research and development expense as incurred. Customers rely upon us to assist them with the development of new products and modification of existing products because of our extensive optical design and manufacturing expertise. We work closely with our customers in the critical design phase of product development and are often reimbursed for those development efforts. By virtue of our overseas R&D operations and by focusing on customer-specific projects, our research and development expenses have tended to represent a lower percentage of revenue compared to some of our competitors. In the future, we expect research and development expense to increase on a dollar basis, but continue to decline as a percentage of revenue, to the extent our revenue increases over time.

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including share-based compensation for our sales and marketing personnel, as well as travel and trade show expense, sales commissions and the allocation of overall corporate services and facility costs. We sell our products to customers who either incorporate our products into their offering or resell our products to end customers. Because we sell to a limited number of well-established customers, we employ a limited number of sales professionals who are able to cover large markets. We compensate our sales staff through base salary and commissions, with base salary being the largest component of overall compensation. Total sales commissions to employees amounted to less than one percent of our revenue in 2014. Additionally, we pay commissions to third parties on certain product lines and identified customers, which also amounted to less than one percent of our revenue in 2014. As such, our sales and marketing expense does not directly increase with revenue. In the future, we expect sales and marketing expense to increase on a dollar basis as we incrementally increase our overall sales activities, but expect our sales and marketing expense to decline as a percentage of revenue, to the extent our revenue increases over time.

38

General and administrative. General and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including share-based compensation, primarily for our finance, human resources, legal and information technology personnel and certain executive officers, as well as professional services costs related to accounting, tax, banking, legal and information technology services, depreciation of capital equipment and facility costs. We expect general and administrative expense to increase in the short term, as we develop the infrastructure necessary to operate as a public company, including increased audit and legal fees, costs to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national stock exchange, as well as investor relations expense and higher insurance premiums. In the future, we expect general and administrative expense to increase on a dollar basis but continue to decline as a percentage of revenue, to the extent our revenue increases over time.

Other income (expense)

Interest income consists of income earned on our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Interest expense consists of amounts paid for interest on our short-term and long-term debt borrowings.

Other income (expense), net is primarily made up of foreign currency transaction gains and losses. The functional currency of our China subsidiary is the RMB and the foreign currency transaction gains and losses of our China subsidiary primarily result from their transactions in U.S. dollars. The functional currency of our Taiwan location is the NT dollar and the foreign currency transaction gains and losses of our Taiwan location primarily result from their transactions in U.S. dollars.

Income taxes

We are a U.S. registered company and are subject to income taxes in the U.S. We also operate in a number of countries throughout the world, including Taiwan and China. Consequently, our effective tax rate is impacted by the geographic distribution of our earnings or losses and the tax laws and regulations in each geographical region. We expect that our income taxes will vary in relation to our profitability and the geographic distribution of our profits. Our effective U.S. federal income tax rate was 0% prior to 2014 as we incurred operating losses and have recorded a valuation allowance against those losses. At December 31, 2014, our U.S. accumulated net operating loss, or NOL, was $56.5 million. If we earn profits in the U.S., we expect to reduce our cash tax obligations by the utilization of NOL carry forwards. Our NOL benefits expire over the twelve-year period from 2020 to 2032. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs, capital loss carry forwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited going forward. Based upon an analysis of our equity ownership, we have experienced an ownership change and our NOL carry forwards are limited in dollar amount. As of December 31, 2014, of the total accumulated NOL only $31.5 million is available for utilization in future periods to offset federal taxable income. Each year after 2014, an additional $0.3 million is added to the total available NOL, until a maximum of $34.9 million is reached. The amount of NOL available each year may decrease by the amount of NOL utilized and may increase by the amount of any operating losses incurred. Should we experience additional ownership changes our NOL carry forwards may be further limited. 

Our wholly owned subsidiary, Global Technology, Inc., has enjoyed preferential tax concessions in China as a national high-tech enterprise. In March 2007, China’s parliament enacted the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, under which, effective January 1, 2008, China adopted a uniform income tax rate of 25% for all enterprises including foreign invested enterprises. Global Technology, Inc. was recognized as a National high-tech enterprise in 2008 and was entitled to a 15% tax rate for a three year period from November 2008 to November 2011. In 2011, Global Technology, Inc. renewed its National high-tech enterprise certificate and therefore extended its three year tax preferential status from November 2011 to November 2014. An application to extend the tax preferential status to September 2017 has been approved by the Chinese government.

For 2012, there were no identified uncertain tax positions. For the years ended December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, we had $1.6 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits related to U.S. tax benefits recognized for which do not meet the more likely than not threshold.  We believe that it is reasonably possible that $0.3 million of our remaining unrecognized tax positions may be recognized by the end of 2015. If recognized, there would be no impact to our effective tax rate as a result of the full valuation allowance previously recognized.

39

Results of Operations

The following table set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our revenue for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of our financial results is not necessarily indicative of our financial results to be achieved in future periods.

	Years ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Revenue, net		100.0%		100.0%		100.0%
Cost of goods sold		66.1%		70.6%		70.2%
Gross profit		33.9%		29.4%		29.8%
Operating expenses
Research and development		12.2%		10.9%		12.0%
Sales and marketing		4.6%		5.3%		4.9%
General and administrative		13.1%		13.6%		12.6%
Total operating expenses		29.9%		29.8%		29.5%
Income (loss) from operations		4.0%		-0.4%		0.4%
Interest and other income (expense), net		-0.5%		-1.4%		-1.8%
Income (loss) before income taxes		3.5%		-1.8%		-1.4%
Income taxes		-0.2%		0.0%		0.0%
Net income (loss)		3.3%		-1.8%		-1.4%

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

Revenue

The following charts provide the revenue contribution from each of the markets we served for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Years ended December 31,
	2014		2013
CATV		36.3%		60.4%
Data Center		49.4%		24.7%
FTTH		10.4%		5.6%
Other		3.9%		9.3%
Total Revenue		100.0%		100.0%

	Years ended December 31,				Change
	2014		2013		Amount			%
	(in thousands, except percentages)
CATV	$	47,389	$	47,373	$	16			0.0%
Data Center		64,453		19,386		45,067			232.5%
FTTH		13,591		4,377		9,214			210.5%
Other		5,016		7,288		(2,272	)		(31.2%	)
Total Revenue	$	130,449	$	78,424	$	52,025			66.3%

Of our total revenue in 2014, we generated $47.4 million, or 36.3%, from the CATV market, $64.5 million, or 49.4%, from the internet data center market, $13.6 million, or 10.4%, from the FTTH market, and $5.0 million, or 3.9%, from other markets. Total revenue increased by $52.0 million, or 66.3%, from 2013 to 2014.

The increase in revenue was attributable to a $45.1 million increase from the internet data center market, primarily driven by increasing demand for our 10 gigabits per second and 40 gigabits per second transceivers as our customers continued to upgrade their technology infrastructure. Revenues in the FTTH market increased by $9.2 million, primarily driven by increasing demand for our WMD-PON products to existing customers. CATV revenues were flat year over year due to a decline in sales in certain emerging markets, offset by increased sales for newly-designed products.

40

Cost of goods sold and gross margin

	Years ended December 31,
	2014				2013				Change
	Amount		% of Revenue		Amount		% of Revenue		Amount		%
	(in thousands, except percentages)
Cost of goods sold	$	86,203		66.1%	$	55,396		70.6%	$	30,807		55.6%
Gross margin				33.9%				29.4%

Cost of goods sold increased by $30.8 million, or 55.6%, from 2013 to 2014, primarily due to the combination of a $21.8 million increase in direct material costs and a $9.0 million increase in labor and overhead costs, both of which were associated with our increase in revenues. Different products within our portfolio may have gross margins that vary from other products. Moreover, among the markets that we serve, average gross margins vary. In general, products that incorporate newer technology or are more differentiated from our competitors generate higher gross margins, whereas products that are older or incorporate less differentiated technology generate lower gross margins. The increase in gross margin is primarily due to a larger percentage of sales of newer, more technologically differentiated products in 2014 compared with 2013 and an overall increase in revenue.  

Operating expenses

	Years ended December 31,
	2014				2013				Change
	Amount		% of revenue		Amount		% of revenue		Amount		%
	(in thousands, except percentages)
Research and development	$	15,970		12.2%	$	8,512		10.9%	$	7,458		87.6%
Sales and marketing		6,043		4.6%		4,191		5.3%		1,852		44.2%
General and administrative		17,095		13.1%		10,632		13.6%		6,463		60.8%
Total operating expenses	$	39,108		30.0%	$	23,335		29.8%	$	15,773		67.6%

Research and development expense

Research and development expense increased by $7.5 million, or 87.6%, from 2013 to 2014. This was primarily due to increases in personnel costs, rent and utilities, R&D work orders and project costs related to FTTH WDM-PON products, 40G and 100G data center products and other new product development. Depreciation expense also increased due to additional R&D equipment investments.

Sales and marketing expense

Sales and marketing expense increased by $1.9 million, or 44.2%, from 2013 to 2014. This was due to an increase in personnel costs due to additional sales and marketing staff to better serve our customers, expenses for a new sales incentive program and an increase in sales commissions directly related to our revenue growth.

41

General and administrative expense

General and administrative expense increased by $6.5 million, or 60.8%, from 2013 to 2014. This was primarily due to an increase in share-based compensation expense, personnel costs, various expenses incurred due to becoming a public company as well as non-recurring expenses related to relocation of our Taiwan plant and CFO separation costs.

Other income (expense), net

	Years ended December 31,
	2014						2013						Change
	Amount			% of  revenue			Amount			% of  revenue			Amount			%
	(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest income	$	369			0.3%		$	104			0.1%		$	265			254.8%
Interest expense		(326	)		(0.2%	)		(1,125	)		(1.4%	)		799			(71.0%	)
Other income (expense), net		(699	)		(0.5%	)		(78	)		(0.1%	)		(621	)		796.2%
Total Other income (expense), net	$	(656	)		(0.4%	)	$	(1,099	)		(1.4%	)	$	443			(40.3%	)

Interest income increased over the same prior year periods due to higher cash and investment balances.

Interest expense decreased overall for the periods due to the benefit of lower interest rates as well as lower loan balances.

Other income (expense), net increased by $0.4 million from 2013 to 2014. Other net expense increased due to unrealized foreign exchange losses recognized resulting from the depreciation of the Asia currencies against the U.S. dollar compared to unrealized foreign exchange losses in the same prior year period. We have historically qualified as a high-tech enterprise in China, as determined by the Chinese government, and are paid subsidies from time to time by the Chinese government to foster local high-tech manufacturing. We received less subsidy in 2014 compared to 2013.

Provision for income taxes

	Years ended December 31,
	2014			2013		Change
	(in thousands, except percentages)
Provision for income taxes	$	(199	)	$	–		(199	)	100.0%

Our income tax expense for 2014 consists of U.S. alternative minimum tax recorded during the period. Due to historic losses in the U.S., our net deferred tax assets are fully offset by a deferred tax valuation allowance.

42

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

Revenue

The following charts provide the revenue contribution from each of the markets we served for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

	Years ended December 31,
	2013		2012
CATV		60.4%		78.6%
Data Center		24.7%		8.3%
FTTH		5.6%		5.8%
Other		9.3%		7.3%
Total Revenue		100.0%		100.0%

	Years ended December 31,				Change
	2013		2012		Amount			%
	(in thousands, except percentages)
CATV	$	47,373	$	49,842	$	(2,469	)		(5.0%	)
Data Center		19,386		5,293		14,093			266.3%
FTTH		4,377		3,690		687			18.6%
Other		7,288		4,596		2,692			58.6%
Total Revenue	$	78,424	$	63,421	$	15,003			23.7%

Of our total revenue in 2013, we generated $47.4 million, or 60.4%, from the CATV market, $19.4 million, or 24.7%, from the internet data center market, $4.4 million, or 5.6%, from the FTTH market, and $7.3 million, or 9.3%, from other markets. Total revenue increased by $15.0 million, or 23.7%, from 2012 to 2013.

The increase in revenue was attributable to a $14.1 million increase from the internet data center market, and a $3.4 million increase from other markets, partially offset by a $2.5 million decrease from our CATV market. The increase in revenues in the internet data center market were driven by increasing sales to customers we added late in 2012. The decline in revenues in the CATV market in 2013 was a result of market-wide weakness, particularly in China, as well as delays in orders as a consequence of mergers among several of our CATV customers.

Cost of goods sold and gross margin

	Years ended December 31,
	2013				2012				Change
	Amount		% of revenue		Amount		% of revenue		Amount		%
	(in thousands, except percentages)
Cost of goods sold	$	55,396		70.6%	$	44,492		70.2%	$	10,904		24.5%
Gross margin				29.4%				29.8%

Cost of goods sold increased by $10.9 million, or 24.5%, from 2012 to 2013, primarily due to the combination of a $7.2 million increase in direct material costs and a $3.7 million increase in labor and overhead costs, both of which were associated with our increase in revenues. Within our markets, we sell similar products in different geographic regions at different prices, resulting in different gross margins among our products. The decrease in gross margin was primarily the result of a higher percentage of sales of lower margin CATV equipment in Asia and a lower percentage of higher margin component sales in the US.

43

Operating expenses

	Years ended December 31,
	2013				2012				Change
	Amount		% of revenue		Amount		% of revenue		Amount		%
	(in thousands, except percentages)
Research and development	$	8,512		10.9%	$	7,603		12.0%	$	909		12.0%
Sales and marketing		4,191		5.3%		3,135		4.9%		1,056		33.7%
General and administrative		10,632		13.6%		8,012		12.6%		2,620		32.7%
Total operating expenses	$	23,335		29.8%	$	18,750		29.5%	$	4,585		24.5%

Research and development expense

Research and development expense increased by $0.9 million, or 11.9%, from 2012 to 2013. This was primarily due to increases in personnel costs and R&D work order and project costs related to new product development.

Sales and marketing expense

Sales and marketing expense increased by $1.1 million, or 33.7%, from 2012 to 2013. This was due to an increase in personnel costs due to additional sales and marketing staff to better serve our customers, and an increase in sales commissions directly related to our revenue growth.

General and administrative expense

General and administrative expense increased by $2.6 million, or 32.7%, from 2012 to 2013. This was primarily due to an increase in share- based compensation expense as well as an increase in personnel costs, expenses related to being a public company, professional fees and travel expenses.

Other income (expense), net

	Years ended December 31,
	2013						2012						Change
	Amount			% of revenue			Amount			% of revenue			Amount			%
	(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest income	$	104			0.1%		$	26			0.0%		$	78			300.0%
Interest expense		(1,125	)		(1.4%	)		(1,381	)		(2.2%	)		256			(18.5%	)
Other income (expense), net		(78	)		(0.1%	)		231			0.4%			(309	)		(133.8%	)
Total Other income (expense), net	$	(1,099	)		(1.4%	)	$	(1,124	)		(1.8%	)	$	25			(2.2%	)

Total net other expense decreased slightly from 2012 to 2013. Interest expense decreased while average loan balances increased from 2012 to 2013 due to a further reduction in interest rates in 2013. Our net other expense decreased by $0.3 million from 2012 to 2013 primarily due to a $0.6 million unrealized foreign currency revaluation loss from U.S. denominated accounts in 2013 when the NT dollar depreciated against the U.S. dollar which was offset by an additional $0.2 million of government subsidies received by our China subsidiary.

44

Provision for income taxes	Years ended December 31,
	2013		2012		Change
	(in thousands, except percentages)
Provision for income taxes	$	–	$	–	$	–
Effective tax rate		0.0%		0.0%		0.0%

Our effective tax rate was 0.0% for 2012 and 2013, as we did not generate positive taxable income.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

From inception until our initial public offering, we financed our operations through private sales of equity securities, cash generated from operations and from various lending arrangements. On October 1, 2013, we completed our initial public offering, in which we issued and sold 3.6 million shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $10.00 per share, providing proceeds of $31.4 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. On March 25, 2014, we completed a secondary offering, in which we issued and sold 1.6 million shares of our common stock at an offering price of $24.25 per share, and on March 28, 2014, we sold an additional 0.4 million shares as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares, providing proceeds of $45.6 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. As of September 30, 2014, our cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments totaled $45.8 million. Cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes and are invested primarily in money market or time deposit funds. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes.

The table below sets forth selected cash flow data for the periods presented:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
	(in thousands)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	7,242		$	(6,552	)	$	(358	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(45,388	)		(17,736	)		(3,290	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		47,250			35,368			12,754
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents		1,065			203			(150	)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	$	10,169		$	11,283		$	8,956

Operating activities

In 2014, net cash provided by operating activities was $7.2 million. During 2014, we recognized net income of $4.3 million. Our net income included non-cash charges, including depreciation and amortization of $6.2 million, share-based compensation expense of $2.1 million and non-cash increases to our inventory reserve accounts of $0.9 million. Accounts payable increases of $18.8 million were offset by an increase in accounts receivable from our customers of $9.7 million and an increase in inventories of $16.1 million to support revenue growth.

In 2013, net cash used in operating activities was $6.6 million. Cash used in operating activities primarily related to an increase in receivables from customers from the sale of our products in excess of cash paid to our suppliers. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized a net loss of $1.4 million. The net loss incorporated non-cash charges, including depreciation and amortization of $3.4 million, share-based compensation expenses of $1.1 million and non-cash increases to our inventory reserve accounts of $0.5 million. We also spent $7.5 million to increases our inventories to support increases in sales volumes, but this was offset by an increase in accounts payable.

In 2012, net cash used in operating activities was $0.4 million. Cash used in operating activities primarily related to payments to suppliers in excess of cash received from our customers from the sale of our products. During 2012, we recognized a net loss of $0.9 million. However, that net loss incorporated non-cash charges, including depreciation and amortization of $2.9 million, share-based compensation expense of $0.1 million and non-cash increases to our inventory reserve accounts of $0.9 million. In addition, we spent $0.5 million in 2012 to increase our inventories in anticipation of expected increases in sales volumes.

45

Investing activities

Our investing activities consisted primarily of capital expenditures and purchases of intangible assets.

In 2014, net cash used in investing activities was $45.4 million for the purchase of additional machinery and equipment, for investment in leasehold improvements for our Taiwan plant expansion and the payment for intellectual property licenses to support new product development efforts and manufacturing activities as well as an increase in deferred charges.

In 2013, we used $17.7 million of cash for investing activities, of which $9.3 million of cash was used for the purchase of additional machinery and equipment to support our research and development efforts and manufacturing activities and $8.0 million of cash was used for the purchase of short-term investments.

In 2012, we used $3.3 million of cash for investing activities. We used $3.2 million of cash for the purchase of additional machinery and equipment to support our research and development efforts and manufacturing activities, partially offset by $0.1 million of cash provided by the sale of obsolete equipment.

Financing activities

Our financing activities consisted primarily of proceeds from the issuance of common stock and preferred stock and activity associated with our various lending arrangements.

In 2014, our financing activities provided $47.3 million in cash. We received $45.7 million in net proceeds from a secondary offering of common stock. Net borrowings associated with our bank loans and bank acceptance payable provided $1.9 million in cash.

In 2013, our financing activities provided $35.4 million in cash. We received $31.5 million in net proceeds from our initial public offering. We received $3.5 million in net borrowings associated with our bank loans and $0.7 million from the exercise of stock options and warrants. These increases were offset by an increase in our restricted cash by $0.2 million, related to the compensating balances required by our loans in China.

In 2012, our financing activities provided $12.8 million in cash. We received $10.2 million in cash from the issuance of preferred stock, $2.7 million in net borrowings associated with our bank loans and $0.8 million from the issuance of notes payable, offset in part by $0.7 million of payments of principal on our term loans and notes payable and $0.2 million to repay loans from stockholders.

Loans and commitments

We have lending arrangements with several financial institutions, including a revolving line of credit and a term loan with East West Bank in the U.S., several lines of credit arrangements for our China subsidiary and lines of credit and financing agreements for our Taiwan location.

As of December 31, 2014, our loan and security agreement in the U.S. included a $15.0 million revolving line of credit which matures on July 15, 2017. Also included with the same bank is a term loan of up to $5.0 million with monthly payments of principal and interest that matures on July 31, 2019. The interest rate on these loans is the LIBOR Borrowing Rate plus 2.75%. As of December 31, 2014, we had $15.0 million outstanding under the revolving line of credit and $5.0 million outstanding under the term loan.

On January 6, 2015, we entered into a Credit Facility Agreement (the “Credit Facility”) with CTBC Bank Co. Ltd. in Taipei, Taiwan (the “Bank”) for 90,000,000.00 NTD (New Taiwan Dollars), one year revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the Credit Facility will be used for general corporate purposes. Our obligations under the Credit Facility are unsecured. Borrowings under the Credit Facility will bear interest at a rate based on the Bank’s corporate interest rate swap index plus 1.5%, adjusted monthly. As of the execution of the Credit Facility the Bank’s corporate interest rate swap index is 0.91%. The Credit Facility contains representations and warranties, affirmative, restrictive and financial covenants, and events of default (applicable to the Company) which are customary for credit facilities of this type.

46

On January 26, 2015, we entered into a construction loan agreement with East West Bank for up to $22.0 million dollars to finance the construction of our campus expansion plan in Sugar Land, Texas. The loan will have a fifteen month draw down period with monthly interest payments commencing on February 26, 2015 and ending April 26, 2016. Thereafter, the entire outstanding principal balance shall be converted to a sixty-nine month term loan with principal and interest payments due monthly amortized over three hundred months. The first principal and interest payment is due on May 26, 2016 and will continue the same day of each month thereafter. The final principal and interest payment is due on January 26, 2022 and will include all unpaid principal and all accrued and unpaid interest. We may pay without penalty all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than due. Under the loan agreement, the loan bears interest, at an annual rate based on the one-month LIBOR Borrowing Rate plus 2.75%.

Our loan and security agreements with East West Bank require us to maintain certain financial covenants, including a minimum current ratio and minimum annual EBITDA. As of December 31, 2014, we were in compliance with all covenants contained in these agreements.

As of December 31, 2014, our China subsidiary had two lines of credit facility with a China bank totaling $15.4 million, one line is U.S. currency based and the other is RMB currency based. As of December 31, 2014, we had a U.S. currency based loan of $1.1 million outstanding under various notes with three-month terms, maturing from February 2015 to March 2015. There were no outstanding balances under the RMB currency based credit facility as of December 31, 2014.

Our Taiwan location had an outstanding note payable with a financing company that matures on July 31, 2015.

In December 2013, our Taiwan location entered into two separate one year revolving credit facility agreements with Taiwan banks, for a total of $8.0 million. Borrowings under these credit facilities will be used for general corporate purposes. Our obligations under the credit facilities are secured by our $8.0 million cash deposit in a one-year CD with such banks. The two revolving lines of credit bear interest at a rate (which adjusts quarterly) equal to the Taiwan Time Deposit Interest Rate Index plus 0.41%, currently 1.78%, and at a base rate equal to TAIBOR plus 1%, currently 1.75%. As of December 31, 2014, $7.1 million was outstanding under these credit facilities.

A customary business practice in China is for customers to exchange accounts receivable with notes receivable issued by their bank. From time to time we accept notes receivable from certain of our customers in China. These notes receivable are non-interest bearing and are generally due within nine months, and such notes receivable may be redeemed with the issuing bank prior to maturity at a discount. Historically, we have collected on the notes receivable in full at the time of maturity.

Frequently, we also direct our banking partners to issue bank acceptance notes payable to our suppliers in China in exchange for accounts payable. Our China subsidiary’s banks issue the notes to vendors and issue payment to vendors upon redemption. We owe the payable balance to the issuing bank. The notes payable are non-interest bearing and are generally due within nine months of issuance. As a condition of the notes payable lending arrangements, we are required to keep a compensating balance at the issuing banks that is a percentage of the total notes payable balance until the notes payable are paid by our China subsidiary. These balances are classified as restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2014, our restricted cash totaled $0.5 million, and our outstanding bank acceptance notes payable was $1.3 million.

Future liquidity needs

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, and cash flows from our operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for the next 12 to 24 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support our research and development efforts, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced products, the expansion of our manufacturing capacity and the continuing market acceptance of our products. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

47

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014:

	Payments due by period
	Total		Less than  1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		More than  5 Years
	(in thousands)
Notes payable and long-term debt(1)	$	29,918	$	10,862	$	17,264	$	1,792	$	–
Operating leases(2)		14,504		926		2,542		1,979		9,056
Total commitments	$	44,422	$	11,788	$	19,806	$	3,771	$	9,056

____________

(1) We have several loan and security agreements in China, Taiwan and the U.S. that provide various credit facilities, including lines of credit, bank acceptance payable and term loans. The amount presented in the table represents the principal portion of the obligations.

(2) We have entered into various non-cancellable operating lease agreements for our offices in Taiwan and the U.S.

48

Item 7A.                Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market Risks

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial statements through adverse changes in financial market prices and rates and inflation. Our market risk exposure results primarily from fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates. We manage our exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities. We have not historically attempted to reduce our market risks through hedging instruments; we may, however, do so in the future.

Interest Rates

We are exposed to interest rate fluctuations on our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. We had unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of $32.2 million, $22.0 million and $10.7 million at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments are subject to limited interest rate risk and are primarily maintained in money market funds and bank deposits.

We have entered into various loan agreements with East West Bank in the U.S., China Construction Bank in China and Mega Bank and Chailease Finance Co LTD in Taiwan. As of December 31, 2014:

· the revolving line of credit for our U.S.-based loans had a principal balance of $15.0 million, bearing interest at rates based on LIBOR plus 2.75% , maturing on July 15, 2017,

· the term loan with a U.S. bank had a principal balance of $5.0 million, with monthly payment of principal and interest at LIBOR plus 2.75%, maturing on July 31, 2019,

· the Chinese-based revolving line of credit loan had no outstanding principal balance, bearing interest at 108% of LIBOR or 6.48% ,

· the Chinese-based revolving line of credit had a principal balance of $1.1 million, bearing interest at 4.1% or LIBOR of 1.2%,

· the Chinese bank acceptance notes issued to vendors had a balance of $1.3 million, bearing no interest rate,

· the Taiwanese-based revolving line of credit had a principal balance of $3.5 million, bearing interest at 1.75%, maturing on May 24, 2015,

· the Taiwanese-based revolving line of credit had a principal balance of $3.6 million, bearing interest at 1.78%, maturing on June 15, 2015, and

· the Taiwanese-based term loan had $0.4 million principal balance outstanding, with monthly payment of principal and interest at interest rate of 4.95%, maturing on July 30, 2015.

With respect to our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase or decrease of 1.0% in each of our interest rates would have resulted in an increase of $0.3 million in our interest expense for such period.

Foreign Exchange Rates

We operate on an international basis with a portion of our revenue and expenses being incurred in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Fluctuations in the value of these foreign currencies in which we conduct our business relative to the U.S. dollar affects our results and will cause U.S. dollar translation of such currencies to vary from one period to another. We cannot predict the effect of exchange rate fluctuations upon our future operating results. The effect on our results of operations from currency fluctuations is reduced, however, because we have revenue and expenses in each of these foreign currencies.

We maintain certain assets, including certain bank accounts, accounts receivables, land and building, in RMB and the NT dollar, which are sensitive to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Additionally, certain of our current and long-term liabilities are denominated in these currencies. As of December 31, 2014, fluctuation in RMB and NT dollar currency exchange rates resulted in assets and liabilities denominated in these currencies being translated into an immaterial difference and $0.4 million more U.S. dollars than at December 31, 2013, respectively.

49

Additionally, the value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies fluctuates and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions in China. The conversion of RMB into foreign currencies, including U.S. dollars, has been based on rates set by the People’s Bank of China. On July 21, 2005, the Chinese government changed its policy of pegging the value of the RMB to the U.S. dollar and began allowing modest appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar. Fluctuation of the RMB exchange rate is, however, restricted to a rise or fall of no more than 0.5% per day versus the U.S. dollar, and the People’s Bank of China continues to intervene in the foreign exchange market to prevent significant short-term fluctuations in the RMB exchange rate. Nevertheless, under China’s current exchange rate regime, the RMB may appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the medium to long term. The RMB has appreciated 2.65% against the U.S. dollar from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2014. There remains international pressure on the Chinese government to adopt a substantial liberalization of its currency policy, which could result in a further and more significant appreciation in the value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar.

We use the U.S. dollar as our functional and reporting currency for our financial statements. All transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar during the year are re-measured at the exchange rates prevailing on the respective relevant dates of such transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities existing at the balance sheet date denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are re-measured at the exchange rates prevailing on such date. Exchange differences are recorded in our consolidated income statement. The financial records of our China subsidiary and our Taiwan location are maintained in their respective local currencies, the RMB and the NT dollar, which are the functional currencies for our China subsidiary and our Taiwan location, respectively. Assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rates at the balance sheet date, equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates and revenues, expenses, gains and losses are translated using a quarterly average rate in 2012 and a monthly average rate in 2013 and 2014. Translation adjustments are reported as cumulative translation adjustments and are shown as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income in our statement of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income. Transaction gains and losses are recognized in our statements of operations in other income (expenses).

We incurred approximately 47.6% of our operating expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar during 2014. As of December 31, 2014, we held the U.S. dollar equivalent of approximately $10.4 million in RMB and $2.1 million in NT dollars, included in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Fluctuations in exchange rates directly affect our cost of revenues and net income, and have a significant impact on fluctuations in our operating margins. For example, in 2014, 96.2% of our revenues were generated from sales denominated in U.S. dollars, and 15.8% of our operating costs and expenses were denominated in RMB and 31.8% of our operating costs were denominated in NT dollars. Fluctuations in exchange rates also affect our balance sheet. For example, if we need to convert U.S. dollars into RMB or NT dollars for our operations, appreciation of the RMB or the NT dollar against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the RMB or NT dollar amount that we receive from the conversion. With respect to our total cash and short-term investments as of December 31, 2014, a 1.0% change in the exchange rates between the RMB and the U.S. dollar would result in a $0.1 million change in our total cash and short-term investments, and a 1.0% change in the exchange rates between the NT dollar and the U.S. dollar would result in an immaterial change in our total cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments.

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates of the above currencies we hold against the U.S. dollar would have a corresponding impact on the U.S. dollar equivalent of such currencies included in the cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments reported in our financial statements from period to period.

Inflation

We believe that the relatively low rate of inflation in the U.S. over the past few years has not had a significant impact on our sales or operating results or on the prices of raw materials. To the extent we expand our operations in China and Taiwan, such actions may result in inflation having a more significant impact on our operating results in the future.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During 2014, 2013 and 2012, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

50

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These principles require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and cash flows, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Our estimates include those related to revenue recognition, share-based compensation expense, impairment analysis of goodwill and long-lived assets, valuation of inventory, warranty liabilities and accounting for income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and our actual results, our future financial statements will be affected.

We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in Note B to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, we believe these are the most critical to fully understand and evaluate our financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue recognition

We generally employ a direct sales model in North America, and in the rest of the world we use both direct and indirect channels. Our revenue recognition policy is to recognize gross revenue whether our products are sold on a direct or indirect basis, because our reseller customers (indirect channel) take title to our products and honor the same terms and conditions as do our direct sales customers. We recognize revenue from the sale of our products provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, performance obligations have been satisfied, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Contracts or customer purchase orders are used to determine the existence of an arrangement. Shipping documents are used to verify delivery. We assess whether the price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction. We assess collectability based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and the customer’s payment history. Customers are generally extended net 30 credit terms from the date of shipment, with some extensions for some more creditworthy customers.

Whether our products are sold on a direct or indirect basis, revenue is recognized when the product is shipped and title has transferred to the customer. We bear all costs and risks of loss or damage to the goods up to that point. On most orders, our terms of sale provide that title passes to the customer upon placement by us with a common carrier (upon shipment). In some cases we may provide for title transfer to the customer upon delivery of the goods to the customer. We determine payments made to third party sales representatives are appropriately recorded to sales and marketing expense and not a reduction of revenue. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods sold. We present revenue net of sales returns and allowances, sales taxes and any similar assessments. We provided a limited warranty as part of our standard terms and conditions of sale. This warranty provides for the repair or replacement of our products, at our discretion, that we determined (i) are defective in workmanship, material, or not in compliance with the mutually agreed written applicable specification and (ii) has in fact failed under normal use on or before one year from the date of original shipment of the products. Some of our customers are provided limited warranties between three to five years, on certain limited and identified products. Warranty costs associated with returned goods that are repaired or replaced are charged to cost of goods sold.

During our ordinary course of business, we may enter into new product development agreements to design, customize and develop new products for our customers. Such new product development agreements often involves material cost and engineering hours and therefore non-recurring engineering service (NRE) charges are agreed upon for the customer to reimburse our related costs. We adopt the milestone method in revenue recognition for NRE revenues by using cost-input measurement. We capitalize cost input up to the contractual agreement amount and recognize NRE revenues based upon the agreement schedule. Contracts or customer purchase orders are often used to determine the existence of service agreement.

Share-Based Compensation

Stock option fair value is calculated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The compensation cost is then recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the option, which is generally the option vesting term of four years. The Black-Scholes valuation model requires us to estimate key assumptions such as expected term, volatility, dividend yield and risk-free interest rates that determine the stock option fair value. In addition, we estimate forfeitures at the time of grant. As there had been no market for our common stock prior to our initial public offering, the expected volatility for options granted to date was derived from an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies that issued options with similar terms. The expected volatility has been determined using an average of the expected volatility reported by this peer group of companies. We use a risk free interest rate based on the 10-year Treasury as reported during the period. The expected term of the options has been determined utilizing the simplified method which calculates a simple average based on vesting period and option life. We do not anticipate paying dividends in the near future. Estimated forfeitures are based on historical experience and future work force projections.

51

Long-lived assets

Depreciation and amortization of the intangible assets and other long-lived assets is provided using the straight-line method over their respective estimated useful lives, reflecting the pattern of economic benefits associated with these assets. Changes in circumstances such as technological advances, changes to our business model, or changes in our capital strategy could cause the actual useful lives of intangible assets or other long-lived assets to differ from initial estimates. In those cases where we determine that the useful life of an asset should be revised, we depreciate the remaining net book value over the new estimated useful life.

Our long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. We value on an asset-by-asset basis our long-lived assets and will recognize an impairment loss when the sum of such valuation is less than the carrying amount of such assets. The values, based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections, require subjective judgments. Depending on the assumptions and estimates used, the values projected in the evaluation of long-lived assets can vary within a range of outcomes. We consider the likelihood of possible outcomes in determining the best estimate for the value of the assets. We did not record any asset impairment charges in 2014 or 2013.

Valuation of inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (average-cost method) or market. Work in process and finished goods includes materials, labor and allocated overhead. We assess the valuation of our inventory on a periodic basis and provide an allowance for the value of estimated excess and obsolete inventory based on estimates of future demand. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we recorded excess and obsolete inventory charges of $0.9 million, $0.5 million, and $0.9 million, respectively.

We established accounting policy to write down value of obsolescence inventory. The policy provided reserves based upon inventory aging over 180 days with 10% of loss reserve and increased loss percentage in 180 days interval and up to 100% loss reserve when aging over 720 days. The loss percentage is reduced for company’s new advanced technology products with a maximum of 35% loss reserve after aging over 360 days. The policy provides for aging of inventory as follows:

· More than 180 days but Less than 360 days—10%

· Between 360 and 540 days—50%  ( except 35% for advanced technology products)

· Between 540 and 720 days—80%   ( except 35% for advanced technology products)

· Over 720 days—100% (except 35% for advanced technology products)

We considered the following factors in our determination of the appropriate reserve level: how often we buy material in bulk that lasts for more than 12 months of supply; changes in material costs over a 24 month period; the overall market value of raw material, semi-finished goods and finished goods across our varied product lines and within markets; changes in expected demand for our products; the change in valuations historically; the determined safety stock for key customers; and the likelihood of postponement in delivery schedules for materials already placed in finished goods inventory. 

Accounting for income taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes. The liability method is used to account for deferred income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The ability to realize deferred tax assets is evaluated annually and a valuation allowance is provided if it is unlikely that the deferred tax assets will not give rise to future benefits in our tax returns

We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits on the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheet.

52

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). The standard provides companies with a single model for use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific revenue guidance. The core principle of the model is to recognize revenue when control of the goods or services transfers to the customer, as opposed to recognizing revenue when the risks and rewards transfer to the customer under the existing revenue guidance. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The guidance permits companies to either apply the requirements retrospectively to all prior periods presented, or apply the requirements in the year of adoption, through a cumulative adjustment. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption on our consolidated financial statements.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes set forth on pages F-1 through F-28 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

a. Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

b. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2014. Based upon such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date.

c. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) identified in connection with management’s evaluation required by the Rules 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) under the Exchange Act that occurred during our last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information 

Not applicable. 

53

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required regarding our directors is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (our “Proxy Statement”), a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

The information required regarding our executive officers is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in the section entitled “Management” in our Proxy Statement.

The information required regarding Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting compliance is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement.

The information required with respect to procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to our board of directors, the composition of our Audit Committee, and whether the Company has an “audit committee financial expert”, is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement.

Adoption of Code of Ethics

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) applicable to all of our board of director members, employees and executive officers, including our Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer). The Company has made the Code available on our website at http://www.ao-inc.com.

The Company intends to satisfy the public disclosure requirements regarding (1) any amendments to the Code, or (2) any waivers under the Code given to our Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer by posting such information on our website at www.ao-inc.com. There were no amendments to the Code or waivers granted thereunder relating to the Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer or Principal Accounting Officer during 2014.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required regarding the compensation of our directors and executive officers is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in the sections entitled “Executive Compensation,” and “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Report” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required regarding security ownership of our 5% or greater stockholders and of our directors and management is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in the section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our Proxy Statement.

The information required regarding securities authorized for issuance our equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in the section entitled “Employee Benefit Plans” in our Proxy Statement.

54

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required regarding related transactions is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by Part III, Item 14, regarding principal accounting fees and services is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

Part IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statements Schedules

(a) Exhibits.

See the Exhibit Index which follows the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

Financial statement schedules have been omitted, as the information required to be set forth therein is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

55

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 5, 2015.

APPLIED OPTOELECTRONICS, INC.
By:	/s/ Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin, President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

March 5, 2015

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin and Stefan J. Murry, and each of them, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Date
/s/ Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors (principal executive officer)	March 5, 2015
/s/ STEFAN J. MURRY Stefan J. Murry, Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)	March 5, 2015

56

Signature	Date
/s/ William H. Yeh William H. Yeh, Director	March 5, 2015
/s/ Richard B. Black Richard B. Black, Director	March 5, 2015
/s/ Che-Wei Lin Che-Wei Lin, Director	March 5, 2015
/s/ Alex Ignatiev Alex Ignatiev, Director	March 5, 2015
/s/ Alan Moore Alan Moore, Director	March 5, 2015
/s/ Min-Chu (Mike) Chen Min-Chu (Mike) Chen, Director	March 5, 2015

57

EXHIBIT INDEX

			Incorporated by Reference
Number		Exhibit Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit	Filing Date
3.1		Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant, as currently in effect	10-Q	001-36083	3.1	November 14, 2013
3.2		Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant, as currently in effect	10-Q	001-36083	3.2	November 14, 2013
4.1		Form of Registration Rights Agreement	S-1	333-190591	4.1	August 13, 2013
4.2		Form of Shareholders’ Agreement	S-1	333-190591	4.2	August 13, 2013
10.1		Form of Indemnification Agreement between the registrant each of its Directors and certain of its Executive Officers	S-1	333-190591	10.1	August 13, 2013
10.2	†	1998 Incentive Share Plan	S-1	333-190591	10.2	August 13, 2013
10.2.1	†	Form of Stock Option Agreement under 1998 Incentive Share Plan	S-1	333-190591	10.2.1	August 13, 2013
10.2.2	†	Form of Stock Option Agreement under 1998 Incentive Share Plan	S-1	333-190591	10.2.2	August 13, 2013
10.3	†	2000 Incentive Share Plan	S-1	333-190591	10.3	August 13, 2013
10.3.1	†	Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2000 Incentive Share Plan	S-1	333-190591	10.3.1	August 13, 2013
10.3.2	†	Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2000 Incentive Share Plan	S-1	333-190591	10.3.2	August 13, 2013
10.4	†	2004 Incentive Share Plan	S-1	333-190591	10.4	August 13, 2013
10.4.1	†	Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2004 Incentive Share Plan	S-1	333-190591	10.4.1	August 13, 2013
10.5	†	2006 Incentive Share Plan	S-1	333-190591	10.5	August 13, 2013
10.5.1	†	First Amendment to 2006 Incentive Share Plan	S-1/A	333-190591	10.5.1	August 27, 2013
10.5.2	†	Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2006 Incentive Share Plan	S-1/A	333-190591	10.5.2	August 27, 2013
10.6	†	2013 Equity Incentive Plan	10-Q	001-36083	10.1	November 14, 2013
10.6.1	†	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan	S-1	333-190591	10.6.1	August 13, 2013

58

			Incorporated by Reference
Number		Exhibit Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit	Filing Date
10.6.2	†	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan	S-1	333-190591	10.6.2	August 13, 2013
10.6.3	†	Form of Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan	S-1	333-190591	10.6.3	August 13, 2013
10.6.4	†	Form of Notice of Stock Option Award and Stock Option Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan	S-1	333-190591	10.6.4	August 13, 2013
10.7		Lease Agreement effective May 1, 2012 between the registrant and 12808 W. Airport, LLC	S-1	333-190591	10.7	August 13, 2013
10.7.1		First Amendment to Lease Agreement effective June 15, 2012 between the registrant and 12808 W. Airport,  LLC	S-1	333-190591	10.7.1	August 13, 2013
10.7.2		Third Amendment to Office Lease Agreement between the Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and 12808 Airport, LLC dated July 21, 2014	8-K	001-36083	10.1	July 25, 2014
10.8		Translation of Chinese lease agreement dated January 10, 2012 between the registrant and Admiral Overseas Corporation for space on 4F, NO.700, Jhongjheng Rd., Jhonghe District, New Taipei City 23552, Taiwan (R.O.C.)	S-1	333-190591	10.8	August 13, 2013
10.8.1		Translation of Chinese Amendment to Office Lease Agreement dated August 28, 2013 between the registrant and Admiral Overseas Corporation for space on 4F, No.700, Jhongjheng Rd., Jhonghe District, New Taipei City 23552, Taiwan (R.O.C.)	10-Q	001-36083	10.4	November 14, 2013
10.9		Translation of Chinese lease agreement dated April 1, 2012 between the registrant and Admiral Overseas Corporation for space on 6-7F, NO.700, Jhongjheng Rd., Jhonghe District, New Taipei City 23552, Taiwan (R.O.C.)	S-1	333-190591	10.9	August 13, 2013
10.9.1		Translation of Chinese Amendment to Office Lease Agreement dated August 28, 2013 between the registrant and Admiral Overseas Corporation for space on 6-7F, No.700, Jhongjheng Rd., Jhonghe District, New Taipei City 23552, Taiwan (R.O.C.)	10-Q	001-36083	10.5	November 14, 2013

59

		Incorporated by Reference
Number	Exhibit Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit	Filing Date
10.10	Translation of Chinese lease agreement dated September 11, 2013 between the registrant and Admiral Overseas Corporation for space on 5F, No.700, Jhongjheng Rd., Jhonghe District, New Taipei City 23552, Taiwan (R.O.C.)	10-Q	001-36083	10.3	November 14, 2013
10.11	Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective May 20, 2009 between registrant and United Commercial Bank	S-1	333-190591	10.10	August 13, 2013
10.11.1	First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective May 3, 2010 between the registrant and East West Bank (as successor in interest to United Commercial Bank)	S-1	333-190591	10.10.1	August 13, 2013
10.11.2	Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective October 28, 2010 between the registrant and East West Bank	S-1	333-190591	10.10.2	August 13, 2013
10.11.3	Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective December 6, 2010 between the registrant and East West Bank	S-1	333-190591	10.10.3	August 13, 2013
10.11.4	Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective May 5, 2011 between the registrant and East West Bank	S-1	333-190591	10.10.4	August 13, 2013
10.11.5	Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective November 30, 2011 between the registrant and East West Bank	S-1	333-190591	10.10.5	August 13, 2013
10.11.6	Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective March 29, 2012 between the registrant and East West Bank	S-1	333-190591	10.10.6	August 13, 2013
10.11.7	Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective June 29, 2012 between the registrant and East West Bank	S-1	333-190591	10.10.7	August 13, 2013

60

		Incorporated by Reference
Number	Exhibit Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit	Filing Date
10.11.8	Eighth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective November 2, 2012 between the registrant and East West Bank	S-1	333-190591	10.10.8	August 13, 2013
10.11.9	Ninth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective April 11, 2013 between the registrant and East West Bank	S-1	333-190591	10.10.9	August 13, 2013
10.11.10	Tenth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective September 10, 2013 between the registrant and East West Bank	S-1/A	333-190591	10.10.10	September 11, 2013
10.11.11	Eleventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective November 13, 2013 between the registrant and East West Bank	8-K	001-36083	10.1	November 19, 2013
10.11.12	Twelfth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective December 11, 2013 between the registrant and East West Bank	8-K	001-36083	10.1	December 17, 2013
10.11.13	Translation of Chinese form of RMB Working Capital Loan Agreement between the Global Technology Inc. and China Construction Bank	10-K	001-36083	10.11.13	March 6, 2014
10.12	Translation of Chinese form of USD Trust Receipt Loan Agreement between Global Technology Inc. and China Construction Bank	10-K	001-36083	10.11.12	March 6, 2014
10.13	Translation of Chinese Loan Agreement dated December 31, 2013 between the registrant and E. Sun Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.	10-K	001-36083	10.13	March 6, 2014
10.14	Translation of Chinese Loan Agreement dated December 20, 2013 between the registrant and Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.	10-K	001-36083	10.14	March 6, 2014

61

			Incorporated by Reference
Number		Exhibit Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit	Filing Date
10.15	†	Employment Agreement regarding Change of Control or Separation of Service between the registrant and Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin, dated January 28, 2007	S-1	333-190591	10.12	August 13, 2013
10.15.1	†	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement regarding Change of Control or Separation of Service between the registrant and Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin, dated April 16, 2013	S-1	333-190591	10.12.1	August 13, 2013
10.15	†	Employment Agreement regarding Change of Control or Separation of Service between the registrant and Stefan J. Murry, dated January 28, 2007	S-1	333-190591	10.13	August 13, 2013
10.16	†	Employment Agreement regarding Change of Control or Separation of Service between the registrant and Shu-Hua (Joshua) Yeh, dated June 1, 2012	S-1	333-190591	10.14	August 13, 2013
10.17	†	Employment Agreement between the registrant and James L. Dunn, Jr., dated April 16, 2013	S-1	333-190591	10.15	August 13, 2013
10.18	†	Employment Agreement between the registrant and Hung-Lun (Fred) Chang, dated April 16, 2013	S-1	333-190591	10.16	August 13, 2013
10.19		Translation of Lease Agreement dated March 18, 2014 between the Company and Taiwan Furniture Manufacturers’ Association for office space at 2F, No. 700, Jhongjheng Rd., Jhonghe District, New Taipei City 23552, Taiwan (R.O.C.).	8-K	001-36083	1.2	March 25, 2014
10.20		Translation of Lease Agreement dated April 1, 2014 between the Company and Taiwan Asset Management Corporation for office and manufacturing space at No. 18, Gong 4th Rd., Gong’er Industrial Park, Linkou District, New Taipei City 244, Taiwan (R.O.C.)	8-K	001-36083	1.01	April 7, 2014
10.21		Business Loan Agreement, dated July 15, 2014, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank	8-K	001-36083	10.1	July 18, 2014
10.21.1		Commercial Security Agreement, dated July 15, 2014, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank	8-K	001-36083	10.2	July 18, 2014
10.21.2		Promissory Note, dated July 15, 2014, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank	8-K	001-36083	10.3	July 18, 2014

62

		Incorporated by Reference
Number	Exhibit Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit	Filing Date
10.22	Business Loan Agreement, dated July 31, 2014, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank	8-K	001-36083	10.1	August 5, 2014
10.22.1	Commercial Security Agreement, dated July 31, 2014, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank	8-K	001-36083	10.2	August 5, 2014
10.22.2	Promissory Note, dated July 31, 2014, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank	8-K	001-36083	10.3	August 5, 2014
10.23	Translation of Chinese form of RMB Working Capital Loan Agreement between the Global Technology Inc. and China Construction Bank – Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $12 million (Schedule updated as of June 30, 2014)	10-Q	001-36083	10.2	August 12, 2014
10.24	Translation of Chinese form of USD Trust Receipt Loan Agreement between Global Technology Inc. and China Construction Bank - Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $3.3 million (Schedule updated as of June 30, 2014)	10-Q	001-36083	10.3	August 12, 2014
10.25	Translation of Chinese form of RMB Working Capital Loan Agreement between the Global Technology Inc. and China Construction Bank – Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $12 million (Schedule updated as of September 30, 2014)	10-Q	001-36083	10.4	November 12, 2014
10.26	Translation of Chinese form of USD Trust Receipt Loan Agreement between Global Technology Inc. and China Construction Bank - Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $3.3 million (Schedule updated as of September 30, 2014)	10-Q	001-36083	10.5	November 12, 2014
10.27	Loan Agreement, dated January 6, 2015, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and CTBC Bank Co. Ltd.	8-K	001-36083	10.1	January 12, 2015
10.28	Construction Loan Agreement, dated January 26, 2015, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank	8-K	001-36083	10.1	January 30, 2015
10.28.1	Commercial Security Agreement, dated January 26, 2015, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank	8-K	001-36083	10.2	January 30, 2015
10.28.2	Promissory Note, dated January 26, 2015, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank	8-K	001-36083	10.3	January 30, 2015

63

			Incorporated by Reference
Number		Exhibit Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit	Filing Date
10.29	*	Translation of Chinese form of RMB Working Capital Loan Agreement between the Global Technology Inc. and China Construction Bank – Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $12 million (Schedule updated as of December 31, 2014)
10.30	*	Translation of Chinese form of USD Trust Receipt Loan Agreement between Global Technology Inc. and China Construction Bank - Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $3.3 million (Schedule updated as of December 31, 2014)
21.1		Subsidiaries of the registrant	S-1	333-190591	21.1	August 13, 2013
23.1	*	Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
24.1		Power of Attorney (see page 56 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
31.1	*	Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2	*	Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1	*	Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. §1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS	**	XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH	**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL	**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF	**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB	**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE	**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

__________________

*	Filed herewith.
**	The financial information contained in these XBRL documents is unaudited and these are not the official publicly filed financial statements of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. The purpose of submitting these XBRL documents is to test the related format and technology, and, as a result, investors should continue to rely on the official filed version of the furnished documents and not rely on this information in making investment decisions. In accordance with Rule 402 of Regulation S-T, the information in these exhibits shall not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be incorporated by reference into any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act, or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.
†	Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.

64

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Pages
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-8

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Houston, TX

March 5, 2015

F-2

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share data)

	December 31,
	2014			2013
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	32,175		$	22,006
Restricted cash		509			775
Short-term investments		8,189			7,970
Accounts receivable - trade, net of allowance of $43 and $42, respectively		31,589			22,089
Inventories		33,780			19,608
Notes receivable		980			–
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		6,017			5,488
Total current assets		113,239			77,936
Property, plant and equipment, net of $32,412 and $28,145, respectively		64,808			31,134
Land use rights, net		930			959
Intangible assets, net		3,833			851
Other assets, net		860			177
TOTAL ASSETS	$	183,670		$	111,057
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
Current portion of notes payable and long-term debt	$	9,591		$	17,185
Accounts payable		30,799			15,010
Bank acceptance payable		1,271			2,347
Accrued liabilities		6,940			4,515
Total current liabilities		48,601			39,057
Notes payable and long-term debt, less current portion		19,057			8,923
Other long-term liabilities		1,000			–
TOTAL LIABILITIES		68,658			47,980
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
Preferred Stock; 5,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 or 2013, respectively, $0.001 par value		–			–
Common Stock; 45,000 shares authorized; 14,824 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014, $0.001 par value; 12,644 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013, $0.001 par value		15			13
Additional paid-in capital		192,112			144,023
Accumulated other comprehensive gain		1,925			2,364
Accumulated deficit		(79,040	)		(83,323	)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY		115,012			63,077
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY	$	183,670		$	111,057

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Revenue, net	$	130,449		$	78,424		$	63,421
Cost of goods sold		86,203			55,396			44,492
Gross profit		44,246			23,028			18,929
Operating expenses
Research and development		15,970			8,512			7,603
Sales and marketing		6,043			4,191			3,135
General and administrative		17,095			10,632			8,012
Total operating expenses		39,108			23,335			18,750
Income (loss) from operations		5,138			(307	)		179
Other income (expense)
Interest income		369			104			26
Interest expense		(326	)		(1,125	)		(1,381	)
Other income (expense), net		(699	)		(78	)		231
Total other expense		(656	)		(1,099	)		(1,124	)
Income (loss) before income taxes		4,482			(1,406	)		(945	)
Income taxes		(199	)		–			–
Net income (loss)	$	4,283		$	(1,406	)	$	(945	)
Net income (loss) per share
Basic	$	0.30		$	(0.14	)	$	(3.56	)
Diluted	$	0.28		$	(0.14	)	$	(3.56	)
Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share:
Basic		14,307,477			9,964,955			265,576
Diluted		15,186,961			9,964,955			265,576

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands)

	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Net income (loss)	$	4,283		$	(1,406	)	$	(945	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $0, $0 and $0		(439	)		348			44
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	3,844		$	(1,058	)	$	(901	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Years ended December 2012, 2013 and 2014

(in thousands)

	Preferred Stock						Common Stock
	Number of shares			Amount			Number of shares		Amount			Additional paid-in capital		Accumulated other comprehensive gain			Accumulated deficit			Stockholders' equity
December 31, 2011		4,341		$	94,373			265	$	1,069		$	4,234	$	1,972		$	(80,972	)	$	20,676
Preferred stock issued, net		1,206			10,994			–		–			–		–			–			10,994
Stock options exercised		–			–			1		5			–		–			–			5
Stock based compensation		–			–			–		–			161		–			–			161
Issuance of warrants		–			–			–		–			73		–			–			73
Net loss		–			–			–		–			–		–			(945	)		(945	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment		–			–			–		–			–		44			–			44
December 31, 2012		5,547		$	105,367			266	$	1,074		$	4,468	$	2,016		$	(81,917	)	$	31,008
Public offering of common stock, net		–			–			3,600		3			31,445		–			–			31,448
Convert preferred stock common stock upon public offering		(5,601	)		(105,801	)		8,739		(1,211	)		107,012		–			–			–
Stock options exercised		–			–			29		87			86		–			–			173
Warrants exercised		54			434			10		60			–		–			–			494
Stock based compensation		–			–			–		–			1,012		–			–			1,012
Net loss		–			–			–		–			–		–			(1,406	)		(1,406	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment		–			–			–		–			–		348			–			348
December 31, 2013		–		$	–			12,644	$	13		$	144,023	$	2,364		$	(83,323	)	$	63,077
Public offering of common stock, net		–			–			2,025		2			45,679		–			–			45,681
Issuance of shares under equity plans		–			–			33		–			–		–			–			–
Stock options exercised		–			–			103		–			365		–			–			365
Warrants exercised		–			–			19		–			–		–			–			–
Stock based compensation		–			–			–		–			2,045		–			–			2,045
Net income		–			–			–		–			–		–			4,283			4,283
Foreign currency translation adjustment		–			–			–		–			–		(439	)		–			(439	)
December 31, 2014		–		$	–			14,824	$	15		$	192,112	$	1,925		$	(79,040	)	$	115,012

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	4,283		$	(1,406	)	$	(945	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Provision for obsolete inventory		941			492			858
Depreciation and amortization		6,169			3,407			2,942
Loss on disposal of assets		12			1			36
Share-based compensation and warrant expense		2,061			1,069			161
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		(9,703	)		(8,457	)		(1,158	)
Bank acceptance receivable		(977	)		1,036			(1,034	)
Inventory		(16,105	)		(7,520	)		(538	)
Other current assets		(745	)		(4,622	)		(261	)
Accounts payable		18,758			8,079			(961	)
Accrued liabilities		2,548			1,369			542
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		7,242			(6,552	)		(358	)
Investing activities:
Purchase of short-term investments		(246	)		(7,970	)		–
Purchase of property, plant and equipment		(41,129	)		(9,600	)		(3,178	)
Proceeds from disposal of equipment		47			–			138
Deposits and deferred charges		(720	)		(43	)		(41	)
Purchase of intangible assets		(3,340	)		(123	)		(209	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(45,388	)		(17,736	)		(3,290	)
Financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of notes payable and long-term debt		8,150			2,851			845
Principal payments of long-term debt and notes payable		(8,076	)		(285	)		(707	)
Proceeds from line of credit borrowings		53,658			23,192			15,560
Repayments of line of credit borrowings		(50,733	)		(23,008	)		(13,692	)
Proceeds from bank acceptance payable		5,925			6,778			3,746
Repayments of bank acceptance payable		(6,986	)		(6,026	)		(2,894	)
Repayments of note payable		(1,000	)		–			–
Repayments of shareholder loans		–			–			(150	)
Decrease (increase) in restricted cash		266			(249	)		(193	)
Exercise of stock options		365			173			5
Exercise of warrants		–			494			–
Proceeds from common stock offering, net		45,681			31,448			–
Issuance of preferred stock, net		–			–			10,234
Net cash provided by financing activities		47,250			35,368			12,754
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		1,065			203			(150	)
Net increase in cash		10,169			11,283			8,956
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		22,006			10,723			1,767
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	32,175		$	22,006		$	10,723
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for:
Interest	$	329		$	1,133		$	1,469
Income taxes		148			1			–
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Purchase of intangible assets with notes payable		3,000			–			–
Conversion of shareholders' loan to 72,381 shares of series G preferred stock		–			–			760

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE A—ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. (“AOI” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Texas on February 28, 1997. The Company is a leading, vertically integrated provider of fiber-optic networking products, primarily for three networking end-markets: cable television, fiber-to-the-home and internet data centers. The Company designs and manufactures a range of optical communications products at varying levels of integration, from components, subassemblies and modules to complete turn-key equipment.

Prime World International Holdings, Ltd. (“Prime World”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands on January 13, 2006. Prime World is the parent company of Global Technology, Inc. (“Global”). Global was established in June 2002 in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) and was acquired by Prime World on March 30, 2006. The Company also operates a division, AOI—Taiwan, which is qualified to do business in Taiwan and primarily manufactures transceivers and performs research and development activities.

NOTE B—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

1. Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries and are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

2. Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported. Actual results could differ from those estimates in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates and assumptions that impact these financial statements relate to, among other things, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserve, share-based compensation expense, estimated useful lives of property and equipment, and taxes.

3. Foreign Currency Translation

All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date. Revenue and expense accounts are translated at weighted-average rates for the reporting period. Translation adjustments do not impact the results of operations and are reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations.

4. Fair Value

The carrying value of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and note receivable approximate their historical fair values due to their short-term maturities. The carrying value of the debt approximates its fair value due to the short-term nature of the debt since it renews frequently at current interest rates. Management believes that the interest rates in effect at each year end represent the current market rates for similar borrowings.

The fair value measurement standard defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The standard characterizes inputs used in determining fair value according to a hierarchy that prioritized inputs based on the degree to which they are observable. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1—Inputs represent quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3—Inputs that are not observable from objective sources, such as management’s internally developed assumptions used in pricing an asset or liability.

Assets and liabilities that are required to be fair valued on a recurring basis include money market funds, marketable securities, equity instruments and contingent consideration.

Money market funds are valued with Level 1 inputs, using quoted market prices, and are included in cash and cash equivalents on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

5. Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid securities with an original maturity of ninety days or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash in foreign accounts was approximately $4.6 million and $6.6 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents at U.S. financial institutions for which the combined account balances in individual institutions may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance coverage and, as a result, there is a concentration of credit risk related to amounts on deposit in excess of FDIC insurance coverage. As of December 31, 2014, approximately $25.4 million of U.S. deposits were not covered by FDIC insurance. The Company has not experienced any losses and believes it is not exposed to any significant risk with such accounts.

F-8

6. Restricted Cash/Compensating Balances

The Company is required to maintain a compensation deposit equal to 30% of its bank acceptance notes to vendors with a China bank. The Company’s Taiwan subsidiary also uses time deposits for customs guarantees. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amount of restricted cash was $0.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

7. Short-Term Investments

The Company invests its excess cash in bank certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2014, the Company invested $8.2 million in certificates of deposit in RMB currencies with Taiwan banks. The maturity dates range from 6 months to 12 months.

The Company arranged a revolving line of credit agreement with the same Taiwan bank by pledging 100% of its certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2014, the pledged certificate of deposit for such arrangement amount is $8.2 million.

8. Accounts Receivable/Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company carries its accounts receivable at the net amount that it estimates to be collectible. An allowance for uncollectable accounts is maintained through a charge against operations. The allowance is determined by management review of outstanding amounts per customer, historical payments and the aging of accounts.

9. Bank Acceptance Receivable

The Company carries its bank acceptance receivables at face value or discounted value if they are not interest bearing. The maturity date of the receivables are all within one year of the original issuance date and are carried at face value.

10. Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk include cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company places all cash and cash equivalents with high-credit quality financial institutions.

The Company performs ongoing credit valuations of its customers’ financial condition whenever deemed necessary and generally does not require deposits or collateral to support customer receivables. The historical amount of losses on uncollectible accounts has been within the Company’s estimates. The Company generates much of its revenue from a limited number of customers. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, its top ten customers represented 87.2%, 76.9% and 77.6% of its revenue, respectively. In 2014, Amazon represented 45.8% of its revenue, Cisco Systems, Inc. represented 8.9% of its revenue and a leading internet service provider represented 6.7% of its total revenue. The five largest receivable balances for customers represented an aggregate of 70%, and 66% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

F-9

11. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (average-cost method) or market. Work in process and finished goods includes materials, labor and allocated overhead. The Company assesses the valuation of its inventory on a periodic basis and provides write-offs for the value of estimated excess and obsolete inventory based on estimates of future demand.

12. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company calculates depreciation using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

	Useful lives
Buildings	20 - 40 years
Land improvements	10 years
Machinery and equipment	3 - 20 years
Furniture and fixtures	1 - 8 years
Computer equipment and software	3 - 7 years
Leasehold improvements	The shorter of the life of the applicable lease or the useful life of the improvement
Transportation equipment	5 years

Major improvements are capitalized and expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Construction in progress represents property, plant and equipment under construction or being installed. Costs include original cost, installation, construction and other direct costs which include interest on borrowings used to finance the asset. Construction in progress is transferred to the appropriate fixed asset account and depreciation commences when the asset has been substantially completed and placed in service.

Land use rights allow the Company rights for 50 years to certain land in Ningbo, China on which the Company built a facility that included office space, manufacturing operations and employee dormitories. The land use rights are recorded at cost and are amortized on the straight-line basis over the useful life of the related contract. The land use rights expire on October 7, 2054.

13. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of intellectual property that is stated at cost less accumulated amortization. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had 152 total patents issued. The costs incurred to obtain such patents have been capitalized and are being amortized over an estimated life of 20 years. The Company periodically evaluates its intangible assets to determine whether events or changes in circumstances indicate that a patent or trademark may not be applicable to the Company’s current products or is no longer in use. If such a determination is made, the intangible asset is impaired and the remaining value of the patent or trademark will be expensed at that time.

F-10

14. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company accounts for impairment of long-lived assets in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360, Property, Plant and Equipment, (“ASC 360”). Long-lived assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment. In accordance with ASC 360, the Company periodically evaluates long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When triggering event indicators are present, the Company obtains appraisals on an asset by asset basis, and will recognize an impairment loss when the sum of the appraised values is less than the carrying amounts of such assets. The appraised values, based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections, require subjective judgments. Depending on the assumptions and estimates used, the appraised values projected in the evaluation of long-lived assets can vary within a range of outcomes. The appraisals consider the likelihood of possible outcomes in determining the best estimate for the value of the assets.

The measurement for such an impairment loss is then based on the fair value of the asset as determined by the appraisals.

15. Comprehensive Income (Loss)

ASC 220, Comprehensive Income, (“ASC 220”) establishes rules for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. ASC 220 requires that unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s foreign currency translation adjustments be included in comprehensive income.

16. Share-based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Share-based compensation expense is recognized based on the estimated grant date fair value, net of an estimated forfeiture rate, in order to recognize compensation cost for those shares expected to vest. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the options.

17. Revenue Recognition

The Company derives revenue from the manufacture and sale of fiber optic networking products. Revenue recognition follows the criteria of ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. Specifically, the Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence exists of an arrangement with a customer, usually in the form of a customer purchase order; performance obligations have been satisfied; title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer; the price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company may offer units (samples) to current and potential customers at no charge for evaluation or qualification purposes. Such sample units are expensed as selling or research and development costs when shipped.

18 Product Warranty

The Company generally offers a one-year limited warranty for its products but it can extend for longer periods of three to five years for certain products sold to certain customers. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty and records a liability for the amount of such costs at the time when product defective occurs. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims and cost to repair. While we believe that our warranty accrual is adequate, our actual warranty costs may exceed the accrual, cost of sales will increase in the future. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amount of accrued warranty was $247,000 and $0, respectively. 

19. Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred and amounted to approximately $100,000, $121,000 and $80,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

F-11

20. Research and Development

Research and development costs are charged to operations as incurred. The Company receives reimbursement for certain development costs, which are capitalized when incurred, up to the reimbursable amount.

21. Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes. The liability method is used to account for deferred income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The ability to realize deferred tax assets is evaluated annually and a valuation allowance is provided if it is unlikely that the deferred tax assets will not give rise to future benefits in our tax returns

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) it determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, it recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits on the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheet.

22. New Accounting Standards Adopted in this Report

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). The standard provides companies with a single model for use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific revenue guidance. The core principle of the model is to recognize revenue when control of the goods or services transfers to the customer, as opposed to recognizing revenue when the risks and rewards transfer to the customer under the existing revenue guidance. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The guidance permits companies to either apply the requirements retrospectively to all prior periods presented, or apply the requirements in the year of adoption, through a cumulative adjustment. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

23. Reverse Stock Split

In May 1, 2013, the Company’s board of directors approved, and holders of the requisite number of outstanding shares of our capital stock approved on May 21, 2013, an amendment to our certificate of incorporation to effect a reverse stock split with respect to our securities. Based on the prior board and stockholder approvals, on August 16, 2013 the Company’s board of directors determined that the ratio for the reverse stock split would be 30-to-one. The reverse stock split was effected on August 20, 2013, the date that the amendment to our certificate of incorporation was filed with the Delaware Secretary of State. The reverse stock split is reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes on a retroactive basis for all periods presented.

F-12

NOTE C—EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic net loss per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and dilutive potential common shares from options, restricted stock units and warrants outstanding during the period. In periods with net losses, normally dilutive shares become anti-dilutive. Therefore, basic and dilutive earnings per share are the same.

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS:

	Year ended December 31,
	2014		2013			2012
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Numerator:
Net income (loss)	$	4,283	$	(1,406	)	$	(945	)
Denominator:
Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share
Basic		14,307		9,965			266
Effective of dilutive options and warrants		880		–			–
Diluted		15,187		9,965			266
Net income (loss) per share
Basic	$	0.30	$	(0.14	)	$	(3.56	)
Diluted	$	0.28	$	(0.14	)	$	(3.56	)

The following potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as their effect would have been antidilutive:

	2014		2013		2012
			(in thousands)
Employee stock options		–		595		419
Preferred stock warrants		–		33		96
Restricted stock units		–		33		–
		–		661		515

F-13

NOTE D—INVENTORIES

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, inventories consisted of the following:

	2014		2013
	(in thousands)
Raw materials	$	16,243	$	8,832
Work in process		13,379		8,708
Finished goods		4,158		2,068
	$	33,780	$	19,608

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the lower of cost or market adjustment expensed for inventory was $0.9 million, $0.5 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

NOTE E—PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

	2014			2013
	(in thousands)
Land improvements	$	103		$	103
Building and improvements		16,196			16,016
Machinery and equipment		61,529			37,490
Furniture and fixtures		1,938			1,047
Computer equipment and software		4,712			3,563
Transportation equipment		270			188
		84,748			58,407
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(32,412	)		(28,145	)
		52,336			30,262
Construction in progress		11,371			139
Land		1,101			733
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	64,808		$	31,134

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, depreciation expense of property, plant and equipment was $5.8 million $3.3 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

NOTE F—INTANGIBLE ASSETS

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, intangible assets consisted of the following:

	2014
	Gross Amount		Accumulated amortization			Intangible assets, net
	(in thousands)
Patents	$	4,968	$	(1,141	)	$	3,827
Trademarks		14		(8	)		6
Total intangible assets		4,982		(1,149	)		3,833

	2013
	Gross Amount		Accumulated amortization			Intangible assets, net
	(in thousands)
Patents	$	1,632	$	(784	)	$	848
Trademarks		10		(7	)		3
Total intangible assets		1,642		(791	)		851

F-14

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, amortization expense for intangible assets, included in general and administrative expenses on the income statement, was $356,000 $68,000 and $60,000, respectively. The remaining weighted average amortization period for intangible assets is approximately 11 years.

In 2014 the Company acquired an intangible asset from an unrelated company in the form of a license to various patents related to transceiver product technology. The weighted-average amortization period for the license is 10 years.

At December 31, 2014, approximate amortization expense for intangible assets was as follows (in thousands):

2015	$	356
2016		356
2017		356
2018		356
2019		356
thereafter		2,053
	$	3,833

NOTE G—FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

	Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Significant other observable remaining inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	32,175	$	–	$	–	$	32,175
Restricted cash		509		–		–		509
Short term investments		8,189		–		–		8,189
Notes receivable		–		980		–		980
Total assets	$	40,873	$	980	$	–	$	41,853
Liabilities:
Bank acceptance payable		–	$	1,271		–	$	1,271
Total liabilities	$	–	$	1,271	$	–	$	1,271

F-15

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Significant other observable remaining inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	22,006	$	–	$	–	$	22,006
Restricted cash		775		–		–		775
Short term investments		7,970		–		–		7,970
Total assets	$	30,751	$	–	$	–	$	30,751
Liabilities:
Bank acceptance payable		–	$	2,347		–	$	2,347
Total liabilities	$	–	$	2,347	$	–	$	2,347

NOTE H—NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT

Notes payable and long-term debt consisted of the following:

	December 31, 2013
	2014			2013
	(in thousands)
Term loan with a U.S. bank with monthly payments of principal and interest at prime plus 0.75% (floor rate: 4%), maturing November 15, 2014		–			3,076
Revolving line of credit with a U.S. bank up to $15,000 with interest at LIBOR plus 2.75%,  maturing July 15, 2017		15,000			7,000
Term loan with a U.S. bank with monthly payments of principal and interest at LIBOR plus 2.75%, maturing July 31, 2019		5,000			1,850
Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $12,100 with interest at 108% of China Prime rate which ranged from 6.48% in 2013		–			7,053
Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $3,250 with interest ranged from 0.73% to 1.73% with various maturity dates from February 2015 to March 2015		1,064			2,413
Revolving line of credit with a Taiwan bank up to $4,000 with interest at Taiwan Time Deposit Interest Rate Index plus 0.41% or LIBOR plus 1.28% maturing on May 24, 2015		3,536			3,795
Revolving line of credit with a Taiwan bank up to $4,000 with interest at Taiwan Time Deposit Interest Rate Index plus 0.41% or LIBOR plus 1.28% maturing on June 15, 2015		3,605			–
Note payable to a finance company due in monthly installments with 4.95% interest, maturing July 30, 2015		443			921
Total		28,648			26,108
Less current portion		(9,591	)		(17,185	)
Long term portion	$	19,057		$	8,923
Bank Acceptance Payable
Bank acceptance notes issued to vendors with a zero percent interest rate, a 30% guarantee deposit of $741, and maturity dates ranging from January 2015 to June 2015		1,271			2,347

The current portion of long-term debt is the amount payable within one year of the balance sheet date of December 31, 2014.

F-16

Maturities of notes payable and long-term debt are as follows for the future years ending December 31(in thousands):

2015	$	9,591
2016		1,132
2017		16,132
2018		1,132
2019		661
Total outstanding	$	28,648

The loan and security agreements with the U.S. banks require us to maintain certain financial covenants, including a minimum current ratio and minimum annual EBITDA. Collateral for the U.S. bank loans and line of credit includes substantially all of the assets of the Company. As of December 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in these agreements.

On July 15, 2014, the Company renewed its revolving line of credit with a U.S. bank, increasing the line from $7.0 million to $15.0 million, and extending the maturity date to July 15, 2017. The interest rate on this line of credit is the LIBOR Borrowing Rate plus 2.75%.

 On July 31, 2014, the Company renewed its $5.0 million credit agreement with a U.S. bank, extending the maturity date to July 31, 2019. The interest rate on this line of credit is the LIBOR Borrowing Rate plus 2.75%.

The Company, through its China subsidiary, established RMB and USD currency lines of credit for $12.1 million and $3.3 million, respectively, with a China bank as of December 31, 2014. The interest rate for the RMB line of credit is 108% of the China prime rate. The interest rate for the USD line of credit ranged from 0.73% to 1.73%. These credit lines are revolving lines that are renewable by its anniversary. Collateral for the loans includes the land use rights, building and equipment located in China.

The Company extended its equipment financing agreement of $1.0 million with a Taiwan bank in 2013. The financing agreement required equipment collateral. The agreement requires monthly installment payments over 24 months and ends in July 2015. The financing agreement bears interest at the rate of 4.95%.

The Company, through its Taiwan branch, established two $4.0 million revolving lines of credit with Taiwan banks in 2013 totaling $8.0 million. The financing agreements require collateral of its time deposits of $8.0 million that is included in short-term investment. The two revolving lines of credit bear interest at a rate (which adjusts quarterly) equal to the Taiwan Time Deposit Interest Rate Index plus 0.41%, currently 1.78%, and at a base rate equal to TAIBOR plus 1%, currently 1.75%. As of December 31, 2014, $7.1 million was outstanding under these credit facilities.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $14.3 million of unused borrowing capacity.

NOTE I—SHORT-TERM LOAN WITH SHAREHOLDERS

In 2010, the Company borrowed $3.2 million from 12 shareholders under the terms of unsecured promissory note agreements. These notes bore an interest rate of 6% with maturity dates of 18 months from the effective dates of the notes originally maturing on October 21, 2011, but extended to December 31, 2012. The note holders were also issued warrants that expire by April 23, 2020, to purchase 51,200 shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock, with an exercise price of $7.50 per share. As part of the loan maturity date extension, additional warrants to purchase 6,081 shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock were issued in 2011 with an exercise price of $18.00 per share that expire on April 23, 2020.

In 2011, two of the note holders converted their respective notes into shares of Series G Preferred Stock and four of the notes were repaid in full. In 2012, five of the remaining note holders converted their respective notes into shares of Series G Preferred Stock and one of the notes was repaid. As of December 31, 2012, all principal and interest related to these notes had been fully satisfied.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, warrants related to these loans were exercised for 64,219 shares of common stock.

F-17

NOTE J—ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31:

	2014		2013
	(in thousands)
Accrued payroll	$	3,662	$	2,279
Accrued employee benefits		808		489
Accrued income taxes		52		–
Accrued state and local taxes		330		270
Advance payments		528		128
Accrued product warranty		247		–
Accrued other		1,313		1,349
	$	6,940	$	4,515

NOTE K—OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE

Other income and expense consisted of the following as of December 31:

	2014			2013			2012
	(in thousands)
Unrealized foreign exchange gain (loss)	$	(1,299	)	$	(342	)	$	217
Realized foreign exchange gain (loss)		297			(70	)		(79	)
Government subsidy income		271			322			92
Other non-operating gain (loss)		44			4			38
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets		(12	)		8			(37	)
	$	(699	)	$	(78)		$	231

NOTE L—INCOME TAXES

The sources of our income or loss from operations before income taxes were as follows:

	Year ended December 31,
	2014		2013			2012
	(in thousands)
Domestic	$	1,226	$	(684	)	$	(3,077	)
Foreign (loss) income		3,256		(722	)		2,132
Total income (loss)	$	4,482	$	(1,406	)	$	(945	)

F-18

The provision for income tax expense for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

	2014		2013		2012
Current:	(in thousands)
Federal	$	193	$	–	$	–
State		6		–		–
Foreign		–		–		–
Total	$	199	$	–	$	–
Deferred:
Federal	$	–	$	–	$	–
State		–		–		–
Foreign		–		–		–
Total	$	–	$	–	$	–
Income tax expense	$	199	$	–	$	–

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities result principally from net operating losses, different methods of recognizing depreciation, reserve for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves for obsolescence and accrued vacation, together with timing differences between book and tax reporting. At December 31, the net deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following approximate amounts:

	2014			2013
	(in thousands)
NOL carryforward	$	12,266		$	14,908
Inventory reserves		676			489
AMT credit		224			–
Unrealized gains and losses		470			–
Stock compensation		550			624
Fixed assets and intangibles		(1,537	)		(1,631	)
Impairment loss		–			(615	)
Other		25			335
		12,674			14,110
Less valuation allowance		(12,674	)		(14,110	)
Deferred tax assets, net	$	–		$	–

The valuation allowance was established to reduce the deferred tax asset for the amount that will likely not be realized. This reduction is primarily necessary due to the uncertainty of the Company’s ability to utilize all of the net operating loss carry forwards. The valuation allowance decreased by $1.5 million in 2014 and decreased by $7.5 million in 2013. The decrease in 2014 was primarily the result of current year changes in deferred income tax assets and liabilities.  The 2013 decrease was primarily due to a reduction of the deferred tax asset for our U.S. net operating losses, as a consequence of the changes in ownership discussed below.

The Company has a U.S. net operating loss carry forward of approximately $56.5 million, which expires between 2020 and 2032. The Company has a net operating loss carryforward from its China operations of approximately $5.7 million, which expires between 2015 and 2019. Utilization of net operating losses and tax credit carry forwards are subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations set forth in Internal Revenue Code Section 382. Based upon analysis performed with respect to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, approximately $21.6 million of the total available U.S. net operating loss carry forwards and $0.3 million of U.S. research and development credits will not be available for utilization as an offset to taxable income in future periods. Because of changes in control that are deemed to have occurred under Section 382, the Company’s net operating loss carry forward available in calendar year 2014 to offset taxable income was limited to $40.7 million, with an additional $3.4 million becoming available between 2015 and 2025. The additional $3.4 million is subject to an annual limitation of the $0.3 million. Additional ownership changes could result in the expiration of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforward before utilization.

F-19

The Company has approximately $0.6 million of windfall tax benefits from previous stock option exercises that have not been recognized as of December 31, 2014. This amount will not be recognized until the deduction would reduce our U.S. income taxes payable. At such time, the amount will be recorded as an increase in paid-in-capital. The Company uses ASC 740 ordering when determining when excess tax benefits have been realized.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s U.S. and China federal returns for the year ended December 31, 2011 through the current period are still open to examination. In addition, all of the net operating losses and research and development credit carry forwards that may be utilized in future years are still subject to examination. With few exceptions, as of December 31, 2014, the Company is no longer subject to examinations by tax authorities in Taiwan for the taxable years before 2013. The Company is not currently subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by any tax authorities.

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% for the years ended December 31, to the Company’s effective income tax rate follows:

	2014			2013			2012
	(in thousands)
Expected (benefit) taxes	$	1,524		$	(467	)	$	(293	)
Non-deductible expenses		138			619			(760	)
Foreign rate differences		295			–			–
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance		(1,729	)		(7,533	)		1,545
Section 382 limitation		–			7,423			–
Other		(29	)		(42	)		(492	)
Tax expense	$	199		$	–		$	–

The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Prime World is a tax-exempt entity under the Income Tax Code of the British Virgin Islands.

The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Global Technology, Inc., has enjoyed preferential tax concessions in China as a national high-tech enterprise.  In March 2007, China’s parliament enacted the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, under which, effective January 1, 2008, China adopted a uniform income tax rate of 25% for all enterprises including foreign invested enterprises. Global Technology, Inc. was recognized as a National high-tech enterprise in 2008 and was entitled to a 15% tax rate for a three year period from November 2008 to November 2011. In 2011, Global Technology, Inc. renewed its National high-tech enterprise certificate and was therefore extended its three year tax preferential status from November 2011 to November 2014. An application to extend the tax preferential status to September 2017 has been approved by the Chinese government.

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefit was $1.6 million and $2.2 million, respectively. The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits:

	2014			2013		2012
(in thousands)
Unrecognized tax benefits — January 1	$	2,200		$	0	$	0
Gross increases — tax positions in prior period		1,659			2,200		–
Gross decreases — tax positions in prior period		(2,200	)		–		–
Gross increases — tax positions in current period		–			–		–
Settlements		–			–		–
Lapse of statute of limitations		–			–		–
Unrecognized tax benefits — December 31	$	1,659		$	2,200	$	0

As of December 31, 2014, we had $1.6 million of unrecognized tax benefits related to US tax benefits recognized for prior branch losses and research and development credits. As of December 31, 2013, we had $2.2 million of unrecognized tax benefits related to US tax benefits recognized for prior year branch losses.  If recognized, there would be no impact our effective tax rate as a result of the full valuation allowance previously recognized. We believe that it is reasonably possible that $0.3 million of our remaining unrecognized tax positions may be recognized by the end of 2015.

The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits and penalties as income tax expense. Related to the unrecognized tax benefits noted above, it has not accrued penalties or interest during 2014 as a result of net operating losses. During 2013, the Company also accrued no penalties or interest.

F-20

NOTE M—SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Equity Plans

The Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved the following equity plans:

· the 1998 Share Incentive Plan

· the 2000 Share Incentive Plan

· the 2004 Share Incentive Plan

· the 2006 Share Incentive Plan

· the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (“2013 Plan”)

The Company issues stock options to employees, consultants and non-employee directors. Stock option awards generally vest over a four year period and have a maximum term of ten years. Stock options under these plans have been granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant. Nonqualified and Incentive Stock Options and restrictive stock units (“RSUs”) may be granted from these plans. Prior to the Company’s initial public offering, the fair market value of the Company’s stock had been historically determined by the board of directors and from time to time with the assistance of third party valuation specialists.

Stock Options

Options have been granted to the Company’s employees under the five incentive plans and generally become exercisable as to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary date following the date of grant and semi-annually thereafter. All options expire ten years after the date of grant.

The following is a summary of option activity:

	Number of shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Fair Value		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
	(in thousands, except price data)
Outstanding, January 1, 2012		377		$	5.88
Granted		88			6.00
Exercised		(1	)		6.29						(4	)
Forfeited		(19	)		6.00
Expired		(26	)		5.30
Outstanding, December 31, 2012		419			5.94
Granted		1,099			9.21
Exercised		(29	)		5.87						178
Forfeited		(16	)		7.10
Expired		(5	)		5.99
Outstanding, December 31, 2013		1,468			8.38		4.17				9,731
Granted		108			13.84		7.24				–
Exercised		(103	)		6.22		2.57				1,476
Forfeited		(49	)		8.23		5.43				628
Expired		(1	)		6.21		2.21				11
Outstanding, December 31, 2014		1,423		$	8.96		4.48		8.097	$	3,486
Exercisable, December 31, 2014		537		$	7.68		3.24		7.319	$	1,899
Vested and expected to vest		1,397		$	8.94		4.46		8.087	$	3,444

F-21

The following table summarizes information about the options outstanding at December 31, 2014:

Range of exercise prices	Number of shares outstanding		Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)		Weighted average exercise price		Number of shares exercisable		Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)		Weighted average exercise price
	(in thousands, except price data)
$6.00 - $6.75		274		6.047	$	6.00		243		5.906	$	6.00
$6.76 - $8.25		298		8.045		7.50		106		8.039		7.50
$8.26 - $9.48		3		8.279		9.00		1		8.279		9.00
$9.49 - $11.55		747		8.736		9.96		187		8.736		9.96
$11.56 - $13.49		1		8.808		13.13		–		8.808		13.13
$13.50 - $13.84		100		9.080		13.84		–		–		–
Total		1,423		8.097	$	8.96		537		7.319	$	7.68

As of December 31, 2014, there was approximately $3.9 million of unrecognized stock option expense, net of estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized over 2.61 years.

Restricted Stock Units

The following is a summary of RSU activity:

	Number of shares			Weighted Average Fair Value
	(in thousands, except price data)
Outstanding at January 1, 2013		–			–
Granted		33		$	10.00
Exercised/Released		–
Cancelled/Forfeited		–
Outstanding at December 31, 2013		33		$	10.00
Granted		25		$	18.45
Exercised/Released		(33	)	$	10.57
Cancelled/Forfeited		(4	)	$	18.20
Outstanding at December 31, 2014		21		$	18.22

The aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2014 was $0.2 million. Unrecognized compensation expense related to these RSU’s at December 31, 2014 was $0.1 million. This expense is expected to be recognized over 1.48 years.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the applicable vesting term of the award.

F-22

The Company estimates the fair value of employee stock options at the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: 

	2014	2013	2012
Expected volatility	52%	52 to 70%	70%
Risk-free interest rate	1.89%	0.96% to 2.97%	1.01%
Expected term (years)	6.25	6.25	6.25
Expected dividend yield	–	–	–
Estimated forfeitures	7.5%	7.5%	10%

As there had been no market for the Company’s common stock prior to its initial public offering, the expected volatility for options granted to date was derived from an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies that issued options with similar terms. The expected volatility has been determined using an average of the expected volatility reported by this peer group of companies. The Company uses a risk free interest rate based on the 10-year Treasury as reported during the period. The expected term of the options has been determined utilizing the simplified method which calculates a simple average based on vesting period and option life. The Company does not anticipate paying dividends in the near future. Estimated forfeitures are based on historical experience and future work force projections.

Employee share-based compensation expenses recognized for the years ended December 31, were as follows:

Share-Based compensation - by expense type
	2014		2013		2012
	(in thousands)
Cost of goods sold	$	88	$	56	$	7
Research and development		115		53		8
Sales and marketing		98		52		9
General and administrative		1,760		908		137
Total share-based compensation expense	$	2,061	$	1,069	$	161

Share-Based compensation - by award type
	2014		2013		2012
	(in thousands)
Employee stock options	$	1,660	$	793	$	140
Restricted stock units		385		220		–
Warrants		16		56		21
Total share-based compensation expense	$	2,061	$	1,069	$	161

NOTE N—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

The Company has authorized the issuance of up to 45,000,000 shares of common stock, all of which have been designated voting common stock, under its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

F-23

Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company has authorized the issuance of up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock under the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Warrants

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had no outstanding warrants to purchase common or preferred stock. 

Public Offerings of Common Stock

On September 25, 2013, our registration statement on Form S-1 for our initial public offering was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The offering commenced on September 26, and the Company sold 3.6 million shares of its common stock in its initial public offering at a price of $10.00 per share, providing proceeds of $31.5 million, net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions. The Company’s initial public offering closed on October 1, 2013.

On March 19, 2014, the Company sold 2.0 million shares of its common stock in a secondary offering at a price of $24.25 per share, providing proceeds of $45.7 million, net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions. The Company’s sale of 1.6 million shares in the secondary offering closed on March 25, 2014 and the Company’s sale of an additional 0.4 million shares as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares closed on March 28, 2014.

NOTE O—SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The Company operates in one reportable segment. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is considered to be the chief operating decision maker, manages the Company’s operations as a whole and reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about product revenue, for purposes of evaluating financial performance and allocating resources.

The following tables set forth the Company’s revenue and asset information by geographic region. Revenue is classified based on the location of product manufacturing plants. Long-lived assets in the tables below comprise only property, plant, equipment and intangible assets (in thousands):

	For the year ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Revenues:	(in thousands)
United States	$	30,723	$	14,705	$	12,192
Taiwan		77,680		31,863		15,200
China		22,046		31,856		36,029
	$	130,449	$	78,424	$	63,421

	As of December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Long-lived assets:	(in thousands)
United States	$	15,875	$	9,415	$	8,966
Taiwan		35,688		7,192		3,719
China		18,008		16,337		13,595
	$	69,571	$	32,944	$	26,280

The Company serves three primary markets, the CATV, internet data center and FTTH markets. Of the Company’s total revenues in 2014, the Company earned $47.4 million, or 36.6%, from the CATV market, $64.5 million, or 49.4%, from the internet data center market, $13.6 million, or 10.4%, from the FTTH market, and $5.0 million, or 3.9%, from other markets. Of the Company’s total revenues in 2013, the Company earned $47.4 million, or 60.4%, from the CATV market, $19.4 million, or 24.7%, from the internet data center market, $4.4 million, or 5.6% from the FTTH market, and $7.3 million, or 9.3% from other markets.

F-24

NOTE P—MAJOR CUSTOMERS

The Company currently derives its revenues from customers in the United States and throughout the rest of the world. Generally, the Company does not require deposits or other collateral to support customer receivables. The Company performs an initial and periodic credit evaluation of its customers and maintains an allowance for uncollectible accounts for potential uncollectible accounts. The historical amount of losses on uncollectible accounts has been within the Company’s estimates. The Company generates much of its revenue from a limited number of customers. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, its top ten customers represented 87.2%, 76.9% and 77.6% of its revenue, respectively. In 2014, Amazon represented 45.8% of its revenue, Cisco Systems, Inc. represented 8.9% of its revenue and a leading internet service provider represented 6.7% of its total revenue. The five largest receivable balances for customers represented an aggregate of 70%, and 66% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

NOTE Q—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

On August 1, 2000, the Company established a 401(k) profit sharing plan covering employees meeting certain age and service requirements. The plan provides for discretionary Company contributions to be allocated based on the employee’s eligible contributions. The Company made a contribution of $0.2 million to the 401(k) plan for the year ended December 31, 2014, and no contributions for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Employees of Global participate in a state-mandated social security program in China. Under this program, pension costs are recorded on the basis of required monthly contributions to employees’ individual accounts during their service periods. Under the regulations of the People’s Republic of China, Global is required to make fixed contributions to a fund, which is under the administration of the local labor departments. Employees of AOI—Taiwan participates in a pension program under the Taiwan Labor Pension Act. Pension expense for Global was $390,000, $384,000 and $244,000 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Pension expense for AOI—Taiwan was $291,000, $203,000 and $168,000 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

NOTE R—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments

The Company conducts part of its operations from leased facilities and also leases equipment. Rent expense was $0.8 million, $0.6 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

At December 31, 2014, the approximate minimum rental commitments under noncancellable leases in excess of one year that expire at varying dates through 2029 were as follows:

Year ending December 31,	Amount
	(in thousands)
2015	$	926
2016		860
2017		800
2018		882
2019		981
2020-2029		10,055
	$	14,504

Employment Agreements and Consultancy Agreements

The Company has entered into employment and indemnification agreements with three executive officers. These agreements provide that if their employment is terminated as a result of a change of control of the Company, or if their employment is terminated for certain other reasons set forth in the agreements, the Company will be required to pay a severance payment in an amount equal to their annual base salary, and other additional compensation due under the terms of the agreements.

F-25

The Company has also entered into employment and indemnification agreements with two other executive officers. These agreements provide that if their employment is terminated as a result of a change of control of the Company, the Company will be required to pay a severance payment in an amount equal to their six months of their annual base salary, and other additional compensation due under the terms of the agreements.

In 2012, the Company entered into consulting agreements with two of its shareholders and board members for a period of one year from June 2012 to June 2013. Each agreement provides that a consulting fee will be paid to the consultant within 30 days after submission of the invoice by the consultant. The Company incurred $35,000 and $41,000 of consulting service fees to these consultants in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Contingencies

The Company may be party to litigation, claims or assessments in the ordinary course of business. Management is not aware of any of these matters that would have a material effect on the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

NOTE S—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company had the following related parties’ activities with its shareholders:

	For the year ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
	(in thousands)
Interest expense	$	–	$	–	$	36
Consulting service fees		–		35		41

NOTE T—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

We have evaluated subsequent events through the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

On January 6, 2015, the Company entered into a Credit Facility Agreement (the “Credit Facility”) with CTBC Bank Co. Ltd. in Taipei, Taiwan (the “Bank”) for 90,000,000.00 NTD (New Taiwan Dollars), one year revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the Credit Facility will be used for general corporate purposes. The Company’s obligations under the Credit Facility are unsecured. Borrowings under the Credit Facility will bear interest at a rate based on the Bank’s corporate interest rate swap index plus 1.5%, adjusted monthly. As of the execution of the Credit Facility the Bank’s corporate interest rate swap index is 0.91%. The Credit Facility contains representations and warranties, affirmative, restrictive and financial covenants, and events of default (applicable to the Company) which are customary for credit facilities of this type.

On January 26, 2015, the Company entered into a construction loan agreement with East West Bank for up to $22.0 million dollars to finance the construction of its campus expansion plan in Sugar Land, Texas. The loan will have a fifteen month draw down period with monthly interest payments commencing on February 26, 2015 and ending April 26, 2016. Thereafter, the entire outstanding principal balance shall be converted to a sixty-nine month term loan with principal and interest payments due monthly amortized over three hundred months. The first principal and interest payment is due on May 26, 2016 and will continue the same day of each month thereafter. The final principal and interest payment is due on January 26, 2022 and will include all unpaid principal and all accrued and unpaid interest. The Company may pay without penalty all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than due. Under the loan agreement, the loan bears interest, at an annual rate based on the one-month LIBOR Borrowing Rate plus 2.75%. In connection with the Company’s campus expansion plan, the Company finalized the terms of its construction agreement with Skanska USA Building Inc. on January 19, 2015.

F-26

NOTE U—Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

The following tables set forth a summary of the Company’s quarterly financial information for each of the four quarters for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

	First			Second			Third			Fourth
Year ended December 31, 2014	Quarter			Quarter			Quarter			Quarter
Revenue	$	24,859		$	32,650		$	36,549		$	36,391
Cost of goods sold		16,206			21,462			24,403			24,132
Gross profit	$	8,653		$	11,188		$	12,146		$	12,259
Gross margin		34.8%			34.3%			33.2%			33.7%
Operating expenses:
Research and development	$	3,546		$	4,009		$	4,194		$	4,221
Sales and marketing		1,333			1,497			1,622			1,591
General and administrative		3,554			3,952			4,458			5,131
Total operating expenses	$	8,433		$	9,458		$	10,274		$	10,943
Income from operations	$	220		$	1,730		$	1,872		$	1,316
Interest and other income (expense), net		(110	)		274			(218	)		(602	)
Net income before taxes	$	110		$	2,004		$	1,654		$	714
Income taxes		(25	)		(85	)		(77	)		(12	)
Net income	$	85		$	1,919		$	1,577		$	702
Net income per share—basic	$	0.01		$	0.13		$	0.11		$	0.05
Net income per share—diluted	$	0.01		$	0.12		$	0.10		$	0.05

	First			Second			Third			Fourth
Year ended December 31, 2013	Quarter			Quarter			Quarter			Quarter
Revenue	$	14,317		$	19,597		$	20,766		$	23,744
Cost of goods sold		9,732			14,150			14,445			17,068
Gross profit	$	4,585		$	5,447		$	6,321		$	6,676
Gross margin		32.0%			27.8%			30.4%			28.1%
Operating expenses:
Research and development	$	2,004		$	1,898		$	2,211		$	2,400
Sales and marketing		907			1,053			1,034			1,198
General and administrative		2,374			2,447			2,436			3,375
Total operating expenses	$	5,285		$	5,398		$	5,681		$	6,973
Income (loss) from operations	$	(700	)	$	49		$	640		$	(297	)
Interest and other income (expense), net		(294	)		(331	)		(250	)		(223	)
Net income (loss)	$	(994	)	$	(282	)	$	390		$	(520	)
Net income (loss) per share—basic	$	(3.74	)	$	(1.04	)	$	0.04		$	(0.04	)
Net income (loss) per share—diluted	$	(3.74	)	$	(1.04	)	$	0.04		$	(0.04	)

F-27

EX-10.29

Exhibit 10.29

Contract No.: 1230 ·

between

GLOBAL TECHNOLOGY INC.

as Borrower

and

CHINA CONSTRUCTION BANK - NINGBO YINZHOU BRANCH

as Lender

This RMB Loan Agreement (the “Contract”) is entered into in order for the company’s daily operation expense [, including material purchase payment and employee’s salary], by and between:

GLOBAL TECHNOLOGY INC., located at NO. 88, QIUSHI RD, WANGCHUN INDUSTRIAL PART, NINGBO, CHINA, P.C.315176 with CHIH-HSIANG LIN as its legal representative and its fax number 88133820 and its telephone number 574-88133818 as borrower (“Party A”); and

CHINA CONSTRUCTION BANK - NINGBO YINZHOU BRANCH, located at TAIKANG ZHONG RD S. COMMERCIAL AREA 2ND FL, GUOHUA INT’L BLDG NO. 500, 315040 with · as its principal officer and its fax number being 87370029 and its telephone number being 87374267, as lender (“Party B”).

1

WHEREAS

(1)Party A wishes to apply to Party B for a loan, and Party B agrees to extend to Party A such loan.

(2)NOW THEREFORE upon consultation in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, both parties hereto agree as follows:

1.LOAN AMOUNT

The amount of the loan that Party B provides to Party A hereunder shall be RMB [see Schedule A] (the “Loan”).

2.PURPOSE OF THE LOAN AND SOURCES OF FUNDS FOR REPAYMENT

Party A shall utilize the loan for the purpose of the routine production operation.

The information relating to specific purposes of such loan under the Contract and sources of funds for repayment shall be determined in Schedule 1 “Loan Information”.

3.TERM OF THE LOAN

The term of the Loan shall be 12 months, commencing from [see Schedule A] and expiring on [see Schedule A] (the “Term”).

Where the above commencement date is inconsistent with the date set forth on the loan-to deposit certificate (the “LDC” or “Loan Receipt”, the date set forth on the LDC for the first advance of the Loan shall be the commencement date of the Term and the expiry date of the Term shall be adjusted accordingly. The LDC shall constitute an integral part of the Contract and have the equal legal force as the Contract.

4.INTEREST RATE ON THE LOAN, DEFAULT INTEREST RATE, INTEREST CALCULATION AND SETTLEMENT

4.1Interest Rate on the Loan (the “Loan Rate”)

The Loan Rate hereunder shall be an annual rate set forth in item (2) below:

(1)a fixed interest rate of                      % which shall remain the same during the Term;

(2)[See Schedule A] on the date when interest commences to accrue (the “Interest Commencement Date”). Such interest rate shall remain the same during the Term; or

(3)a floating interest rate equal to      (100% a floating percentage of      %) (the “Floating Percentage”) of the Base Rate (as defined below) on the date when interest commences to accrue (the “Interest Commencement Date”). The Loan Rate shall, during the period between the Interest Commencement Date and the date when all the principal amount and interest accrued thereon under the Contract have been fully repaid, be adjusted once every        months in accordance with the Base Rate on the interest rate adjustment date and the Floating Percentage. The interest rate adjustment date shall be a date corresponding to the Interest

2

Commencement Date in the month when suchinterest is adjusted. If there is no such a date corresponding to the Interest Commencement Date in such month, the adjustment date for the interest rate shall be the last day of such month.

4.2Default Interest Rate

(1)If Party A does not use the Loan hereunder for purposes set forth herein (“Misappropriation”), the default interest rate on such Loan shall be (100% plus 100%) of the Loan Rate. If the Loan Rate is adjusted according to Article 4.1 (3) above, the default interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the adjusted Loan Rate and the upward floating percentage set out in this Article 4.2 (1).

(2)The default interest rate on overdue Loan shall be (100% plus 50 %) of the Loan Rate. If the Loan Rate is adjusted according to Article 4.1 (3) above, such default interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the adjusted Loan Rate and the upward floating percentage set out in this Article 4.2 (2).

(3)If Misappropriation and overdue payment occur concurrently, the default interest shall be calculated and compounded in accordance with the higher of the two default interest rates provided for in Articles 4.2(1) and 4.2(2) herein.

4.3The Interest Commencement Date provided in this Article 4 refers to the date on which the proceeds of the first advance have been deposited into the loan disbursement account designated in Article 6 (the “Loan Disbursement Account”).

For the first advance of the Loan, the Base Rate refers to the lending interest rate quoted by the People’s Bank of China (the “PBOC”) on the Interest Commencement Date for loans with the same tenor and within the same category. If the lending interest rate on other advances of the Loan is adjusted in accordance with Article 4.1 (3), the Base Rate refers to the lending interest rate quoted by the PBOC on the interest rate adjustment date for loans with the same tenor and within the same category. If the PBOC no longer publishes such lending interest rate, the Base Rate shall mean, unless agreed otherwise between the parties, the lending interest rate with the same tenor and within the same category generally accepted by the banking industry on the interest rate adjustment date or an interest rate commonly used for a loan with the same tenor and within the same category.

4.4The interest on the Loan shall commence to accrue as of the date when such Loan proceeds have been deposited into the Loan Disbursement Account designated by Party A. Interest on the Loan shall be computed daily with the daily interest rate equal to 1/360 of the annual interest rate. If Party A can not pay interest on the interest settlement date as provided herein, the interest shall be compounded as of the date immediately following the applicable interest settlement date.

4.5Interest Settlement

(1)For a loan subject to a fixed interest rate, the interest accrued thereon shall be calculated in accordance with the agreed fixed interest rate. For a loan subject to a floating interest rate, the interest accrued thereon shall be calculated in accordance with the interest rate determined for each interest rate floating period. If the interest rate has been adjusted more

3

than once during a single interest settlement period, the interest during each interest rate floating period shall be calculated first and the total interest accrued during such interest settlement period shall be the aggregate amount of allthe interest accrued during each interest rate floating period within such interest settlement period.

(2)   The interest accrued on the Loan hereunder shall be settled in accordance with (i) of the following:

(i)on a monthly basis and the interest settlement date shall be the 20th day of each month;

(ii)on a quarterly basis and the interest settlement date shall be the 20th day of the last month of the relevant quarter;

(iii)other method:                                              .

5.ADVANCE AND DRAWDOWN

5.1Conditions Precedent to Advance

Unless Party B waives all or part of the following conditions, Party B shall be obligated to advance any amount of the Loan only if all the following conditions continuously remain satisfied:

(1)Party A has completed all the approval, registration, delivery, insurance and other statutory procedures in relation to the Loan hereunder;

(2)the security has become and remains effective, if a security is established for the Contract;

(3)Party A has opened the bank accounts for drawdown and debt service purposes as Party B requests;

(4)Party A has not triggered any event of default hereunder;

(5)no event has occurred that may adversely impact Party B’s rights as a creditor;

(6)the advance to be made by Party B is not prohibited or restricted by any laws, regulations, rules or competent authorities; and

(7)the financial indicators of Party A shall, at all time, continue to meet the requirements specified in Schedule 2 Terms relating to Mandatory Financial Indicators;

(8)Party A has submitted such materials as required in this Contract before any loan drawdown;

(9)the materials submitted by Party A are legal, authenticated, complete, accurate, valid and be in accordance with other requirements of Party B;

(10)Other conditions

4

5.2Drawdown Schedule

“Drawdown” referred to in this Contract shall mean disbursements by Party B of the funds to the Loan Disbursement Account in accordance with Party A’s Application and this Contract.

The drawdown schedule hereunder shall be item [see Schedule A] of the following:

(1)The drawdown schedule shall be as follows:

	Drawdown Date (mm/dd/yyyy)	Amount
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)

(2)The drawdown schedule shall be as follows:

(i) from [	]	to [	],	Amount                           ;
(mm/dd/yyyy)		(mm/dd/yyyy)
(ii) from [	]	to [	],	Amount                           ;
(mm/dd/yyyy)		(mm/dd/yyyy)
(iii) from [	]	to [	],	Amount                           ;
(mm/dd/yyyy)		(mm/dd/yyyy)
(iv) from [	]	to [	],	Amount                           ;
(mm/dd/yyyy)		(mm/dd/yyyy)
(v) from [	]	to [	],	Amount                           ;
(mm/dd/yyyy)		(mm/dd/yyyy)
(vi) from [	]	to [	],	Amount                           ;
(mm/dd/yyyy)		(mm/dd/yyyy)

(3) from time to time, as required by Party A .

(4)

5

5.3Party A shall draw the Loan in accordance with the drawdown schedule under Article 5.2. Without Party B’s written consent, Party A shall not accelerate, postpone or cancel any drawdown of the Loan.

5.4If Party A draws the Loan in installments, the expiration date of the Term shall be determined in accordance with Article 3 hereunder.

5.5Materials required to be submitted by Party A

In respect of materials required to be submitted by Party A, the Parties agree that Item  A  applies [choose A or B]:

A.

Situation NO. 1

Where the situation described in Item (1) [choose (1) or (2)] arises:

(1)   the amount of any particular drawdown is more than RMB TEN million and the amount of any scheduled payment out of such drawdown is more than RMB TEN million;

(2)

Party A shall submit to Party B the following materials no later than ONE working days before the date of such drawdown:

(1)   the LDC signed by Party A and payment/settlement certificate(s) signed by Party A;

(2)   materials related to the underlying transactions (including without limitation goods/services/monetary contracts and/or invoices and other documents in writing or electronic form that are capable of evidencing the particular purposes of the loan drawdown);

And other materials required by Party B (including without limitation business license, letter of authorization, articles of association, resolutions of Shareholders’ meeting /Board of directors of Party A’s counterparty).

Situation NO. 2

If Party B determines, after reviewing the aforementioned materials, that Party may initiate the payment in accordance with Article 5.7 of this Contract, or a situation other than Situation NO. 1 arises, Party A shall submit to Party B the following materials no later than ONE working days before the date of such drawdown:

6

(1)The drawdown schedule corresponding to the proposed loan drawdown(The drawdown schedule being in the form of Schedule 3);

(2)LDC signed by Party A;

And other materials required by Party B (including without limitation business license, letter of authorization, articles of association, resolutions of Shareholders’ meeting/Board of directors of Party A ‘s counterparty).

B.

Party A shall submit to Party B the following materials no later than ONE working days before the date of such drawdown regardless of the amount of any particular drawdown:

(1)the LDC signed by Party A and payment/settlement certificate (s) signed by Party A;

(2)materials related to the underlying transactions (including without limitation goods/services/monetary contracts and/or invoices and other documents in writing or electronic form that are capable of evidencing the particular purposes of the loan drawdown);

And other materials required by Party B(including without limitation business license, letter of authorization, articles of association, resolutions of Shareholders’ meeting/Board of directors of Party A ‘s counterparty).

5.6Entrusted Payment through Party B

(1)Situations where Entrusted Payment applies to Party B

If the situation described in (i) arises, , Entrusted Payment shall apply, i.e. Party A hereby irrevocably entrusts Party B to pay the amount of the drawdown to Party A’s counterparty. Party A shall not pay such amount directly to such counterparty or any other third party.

(i)the amount of any particular drawdown is more than RMB TEN million and the amount of any scheduled payment out of such drawdown is more than RMB TEN million, and Party B determines, after reviewing the materials submitted by Party A, that recipient of the payment is specific and identifiable;

7

(ii) Entrusted Payment applies regardless of the amount of any particular drawdown;

(iii) 

(2)In the case of entrusted payment, Party B deposits the amount of the loan drawdown in the Loan Disbursement Account and pays such amount through Loan Disbursement Account to the account designated by Party A’s counterparty. Party A shall not dispose of the loan drawdown in any way (including without limitation account transfer or withdrawal of cash).

(3)Party B will make prima facie examination of the documents submitted by Party A regarding payment amount, time of payment, recipient of payment, means of payment, and related accounts Party B will pay the drawdown amount to Party A’s counterparty if Party B determines at its discretion that it is satisfied with the abovementioned prima facie examination. The obligations of Party B relating to entrusted payment shall be extinguished once the drawdown amount is paid into the account of Party A’s counterparty (the information of such account shall be provided by Party A). Party A shall check and verify the status of payment within one working day after the date of payment and shall notify Party B in case of failure of payment. Party A shall guarantee that there is consistence between documents/information regarding recipient of payment, utilization of the loan and materials related to underlying documents.

(4)There is no warranty or representation by Party B in respect of the truthfulness or legality or compliance with regulations of the underlying transactions although Party B has made the above-mentioned prima facie examination of the payment documents. Nor shall Party B be implicated in any dispute between Party A and Party A’s counterparty or any third party. Nor shall Party B be liable for any obligations or liabilities of Party A. Party A shall compensate Party B for any and all losses incurred by Party B resulting from Party B’s activities relating to Entrusted Payment.

(5)Where there is a failure or delay in payment of the drawdown amount to the account of Party A’s counterparty and such failure or delay is caused by incompleteness, untruthfulness or inaccuracy of the documents submitted by Party A, or by violation of permitted utilization of loan or by information discrepancy or by other reasons but not by Party B’s fault, the following applies:

(i)Party A shall be liable for all the consequences including without limitation all losses caused by the above mentioned failure or delay. Party B shall not be liable in any way and shall be compensated by Party A for any losses resulting therefrom;

(ii)Party A shall not dispose of any of such drawdown amount in anyway (including without limitation account transfer or withdrawal of cash);

(iii)Party A shall resubmit materials, make corrections and/or perform other activities as instructed by Party B within ONE working days;

8

Party B may accelerate the maturity of such loan drawdown if Party A is in breach of any of the above provisions.

(6)Party A shall be liable for any and all risks, liabilities and losses caused by any failure or error or delay in payment which does not result from Party B’s fault. Party B shall not be liable in any way and shall be compensated by Party A for any losses resulting therefrom.

5.7Payment on Party A’s own initiative

Where situation other than that described in Article 5.6 (1) arises, Party A may initiate the payment at its own discretion. i.e. Party B may deposit the drawdown amount to the Loan Disbursement Account as instructed by Party A’s application for loan drawdown, Party A may then pay such amount directly to the recipient. Party A shall guarantee the conformity between the recipient, utilization of loan and the underlying transaction documents.

5.8The obligations of Party B to advance loans shall be extinguished once the loan amount is deposited into the Loan Disbursement Account regardless of entrusted payment or not. Party A shall ensure the Loan Disbursement Account remain in normal status (including without limitation not subject to freezing by competent authorities). Party A shall bear all risks, liabilities and losses including without limitation freezing and mandatory transfer by competent authorities. Party A shall compensate Party B for any losses resulting therefrom.

5.9Change of means of payment

Party B is entitled to change the means of payment if any of the following circumstances arises, including without limitation re-determining the situations where Entrusted Payment applies,(e.g. changing the threshold amount for Entrusted Payment) and changing the means of payment in respect of any particular drawdown:

(1)Any event of default by Party A arises;

(2)There arises any event that may adversely impact Party B’s rights as a creditor;

(3)Other circumstances where Party B deems necessary to change the means of payment.

Where Party B changes the means of payment, Party A shall resubmit the materials or perform other activities as required by this Contract and Party B.

6.USE AND SUPERVISION OF ACCOUNTS

6.1Loan Disbursement Account

The Loan Disbursement Account herein shall be determined in accordance with (2):

(1)within        working days from the date of coming into effect of

9

this Contract and before the date of first drawdown, Party A shall open an account within Party B for the sole purpose of the disbursement and payment of all loan amount under this Contract.

(2)other account opened by Party A within Party B (Account Number:                                            ).

6.2Account to collect sale proceeds

(1)within ONE working days from the date of coming into effect of this Contract, Party A shall open an account within Party B for the purpose of collecting sale proceeds or designate an existing account within Party B as such (Account Number:                                            ).

(2)Party A shall, on a monthly basis (choose “monthly” or “quarterly”), submit a report to Party B on the incoming and outgoing amounts of such account. Party A shall submit such report for the immediately preceding month or quarter (as the case may be) within the first FIVE working days of each month or quarter.

(3)Party B is entitled to manage the incoming and outgoing amounts of such account. In particular, such account shall be in compliance with (vi) (one or more of the following requirements may be selected):

(i)average balances of such account:

(ii)time for incoming payment being deposited into such account:

(iii)percentage of the overall sale proceeds of Party A that are to be deposited into such account:

(iv)amount limit for any particular outgoing payment of such account:

(v)amount limit for daily outgoing payment (s) of such account:

10

(vi)restrictions on internet-banking functions of such account:

(vii)no outgoing payment shall be made without Party B’s prior consent;

(viii)Such account shall be used only for the purposes of collecting sale proceeds and repaying the loan, and not for any other purpose;

(ix)

(x)other requirements by Party B;

(xi)A separate Account Management Agreement signed by both Parties shall be complied with.

7.REPAYMENT

7.1General Principles for Repayment

Party A shall repay the Loan in accordance with the following principles: Party B has the right to apply Party A’s repayment first towards payment of any expense which shall be borne by Party A as provided hereunder but has been advanced by Party B and the expenses incurred by Party B for realizing its creditor’s rights. Party B shall apply the balance of such repayment in the order of interest first and then principal adhering to the principle that the interest shall be fully repaid concurrently with the repayment in full of all the principal amounts.

For any advance of which the principal has become due but unpaid for more than ninety days, or any advance on which the interest has become due but unpaid for more than ninety days, or any advance otherwise provided by the laws, regulations or rules, Party B may first apply Party A’s repayment towards those payments of expenses set out in the first paragraph of this article. Then Party B may apply the balance of such repayment towards payment in the order of principal first and then interest.

7.2Payment of Interest

Party A shall pay due interest to Party B on the interest settlement date. The first interest payment date shall be the first interest settlement date after the release of an advance. All the interest and principal amounts outstanding shall be paid in full on the last repayment date.

7.3Schedule for Repayment of the Principal

The repayment schedule hereunder shall be determined in accordance with item [see Schedule A] below:

11

(1)The repayment schedule shall be as follows:

Repayment Date(mm/dd/yyyy)		Amount
	(i)
	(ii)
	(iii)
	(iv)
	(v)
	(vi)

(2)

7.4Repayment Method

Party A shall deposit sufficient amount into the Account to collect sale processor other account at Party B before the repayment date provided hereunder and transfer such amount to repay the Loan (Party B may also debit such amount from such account to repay the Loan), or transfer such amount from another bank account of Party A to repay the Loan.

7.5Prepayment

Party A may prepay the principals in full or in part upon approval by Party B of a written application submitted to Party B THIRTY working days in advance.

The interest accrued on the principals to be prepaid shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days lapsed and the Loan Rate provided herein.

If Party B approves the prepayment by Party A, Party B shall have the right to charge Party A the compensation fee in an amount to be determined in accordance with the (1) of the following methods:

(1)compensation fee = amount of the principal prepaid × number of months remaining until the scheduled repayment date(the “Remaining Period”) × 1%; provided, however, that the part of the Remaining Period that falls short of a month shall be calculated as a full month; or

(2)

If Party A is required to repay the Loan in installments and prepays part of the principal, the prepaid amount shall be applied in the reverse order of the repayment schedule. After any partial prepayment, the outstanding Loan shall still be subject to the Loan Rate provided herein.

12

8.PARTY A’S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

8.1 Party A’s Rights

Party A has the rights to:

(1)   request Party B to release each advance of the Loan as provided hereunder;

(2)   utilize the Loan for the purposes provided for hereunder;

(3)   apply to Party B for extension of the Term hereunder provided that it has satisfied all the conditions as Party B requests;

(4)require Party B to keep confidential the relevant financial information and manufacturing and operating trade secrets furnished by Party A except provided otherwise by law, regulations and rules, or required otherwise by the competent authorities, or agreed otherwise between the both parties hereto;

(5)reject Party B or its employees asking for bribe; it shall have the right to lodge complaint with the competent authority about such misconduct and any other act of Party B that may violate the laws and regulations relating to the lending interest rate and service charges.

8.2 Party A’s Obligations

(1)Party A shall draw the Loan and repay the principal and interest in full as provided herein, and bear the expenses and fees as provided herein;

(2)Party A shall provide its financial, accounting as well as manufacturing and operating information and other materials as the Party B may request, and among other things, on or before the TWENTY working day of the first month of each quarter, Party A shall provide to Party B with the balance sheet and the profit and loss statement (or the income and expenditure statement, if Party A is a public institution) up to the end of the preceding quarter, and shall provide the cash flow statement at the end of each year in a timely fashion. Party A shall be responsible for the legality, truthfulness, accuracy, completeness and validity of the information it provides, and shall not provide false information or conceal material facts with respect to its financial and operation status;

(3)In case of any change in Party A’s name, legal representative (or principal officer), registered address, business scope, registered capital, articles of association or any other registration with local industrial and commercial authority, or there arises any circumstances that may adversely affect Party A’s capability to repay the indebtedness or may endanger Party B’s rights as a creditor, Party A shall notify Party B in writing of the same with relevant documents together with such notification evidencing the changes within 3 working days thereafter;

(4)Party A shall utilize the Loan in accordance with the purposes as provided herein, and shall not misappropriate the Loan or utilize the Loan to carry out any transactions in violation of the laws and regulations, nor for investments in fixed assets, or equity or other areas, nor for production or operations prohibited by the state, nor for repaying the indebtedness incurred as a result of Party A’s investments

13

in fixed assets or equity etc.; Party A shall cooperate with Party B in its inspection of Party A’s manufacturing, operating and financial activities and utilization of the Loan herein, and shall be subject to the requirements of Party B relating to loan management; Party A shall not try to evade its repayment obligations owing to Party B by means of withdrawing capital it has injected, transferring assets or entering into related-party transactions. Further, Party A shall not attempt to obtain loans or credit facilities from Party B by using dummy contracts with its related parties or by pledging such rights as notes receivable or accounts receivable without actual underlying transactions or by applying to Party B for discounting the same; Party A shall be in compliance with the provisions relating to means of payment and shall not evade Entrusted Payment by way of dividing a larger-amount payment into payments in smaller amounts;

(5)     Party A shall comply with the regulations relating to environmental protection, if the Loan hereunder shall be utilized for manufacturing or project construction;

(6)     Without Party B’s consent, Party A shall not mortgage or pledge any assets acquired by utilizing the Loan hereunder for the benefit of a third party before full repayment of the principals and interest accrued thereon;

(7)     If Party A qualifies as a group customer, it shall promptly report to Party B any related-party transactions involving more than 10% of Party A’s net assets, including (i) the relationship among all the parties to such transaction; (ii) the transaction and its nature; (iii) the transaction amount or the relevant ratio; and (iv) pricing policy (also applicable to the transactions with no price or merely nominal price);

(8)     Party A shall not carry out merger, split-up, transfer of shares, outward investment, substantial increase of debt financing or other activities of importance without Party B’s prior written consent. For the avoidance of doubt, such consent shall not impair Party B’s rights to take remedial measures if Party B determines at a later time that such activities of Party A may endanger Party B’s rights as a creditor;

(9)     In the case of payment at Party A’s own initiative, Party A shall submit reports to Party B on the use and payment of loan amounts on a monthly basis. Party A shall submit such report for the immediately preceding month within the first TEN working days of each month, together with a list of actual uses of loan amounts, until the date of repayment of all the loan. Such report shall be in the form attached in Schedule 4.

9.PARTY B’S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

9.1Party B is entitled to request Party A to repay the principal, interest accrued thereon and expenses when due, to manage and control the payment of loan amounts, to monitor on a real-time basis overall cash flows of Party A and to accelerate the maturity of the loan considering the status of collection of sale proceeds of Party A. Party B may exercise any other rights hereunder and demand Party A to perform any other obligations hereunder.

9.2Party B is entitled to engage in Party A’s large-amount financing (The total amount of such financing shall be more than RMB SEVENTY-FOUR MILLION or Foreign Exchange equivalent) , sale of assets, merger, split-up,

14

stock-company restructuring, bankruptcy, liquidation and other activities for the purpose of protecting Party B’s rights. The way(s) of engagement shall be (1) (multiple choices are allowed)

(1) Party A shall seek Party B’s prior written consent before carrying out any of the above activities;

(2) Party B is entitled to arrange for Party A’s large-amount financings;

(3) the sale price and buyer of the assets shall be in compliance with the following:

(4)

(5) other ways Party B deems fit.

9.3Party B shall advance the Loan as provided herein unless the delay or failure in advancing the Loan is caused by any reason attributable to Party A or any other reason that can not be attributed to Party B.

9.4Party B shall keep confidential the relevant financial documents and manufacturing and operating trade secrets furnished by Party A except otherwise provided by the laws, regulations and rules, or required by the competent authorities, or agreed between the parties hereto.

9.5Party B shall not bribe Party A or its employees, nor request any bribe or accept any bribe offered by Party A.

9.6Party B shall not engage in any activity which is dishonest or will be detrimental to Party A’s lawful interests.

10.DEFAULT AND REMEDY

10.1 Events of Default by Party B and Liabilities

(1)If Party B does not advance the Loan as provided herein without justifiable reason, Party A may request Party B to advance the Loan in accordance with the Contract.

(2)If Party B charges any interest or fee which is prohibited by the laws or regulations, Party A may request Party B to refund the interest or fee charged.

10.2 Events of Default by Party A

The events of default by Party A shall include:

(1) Party A breaches any statutory obligation or any contractual obligation hereunder; and

15

(2) Party A has repudiated its obligations hereunder expressly or by its conduct.

10.3 Events that may Adversely Impact Creditor’s Rights

(1)the occurrence of any of the following events upon Party A which Party B believes may adversely impact its creditor’s rights:

contracting, trustee (receiver) being appointed, lease, shareholding restructuring, decrease of its registered capital, investment, joint operation, mergers and acquisitions, acquisition and restructuring, division, joint venture, shares transfer, substantial increase of debt financing, applying for (or subject to an application for) temporary cessation of operation or dissolution, revocation, applying for (or subject to an application for) bankruptcy, change of controlling shareholders/actual controllers, transfer of material assets, suspension of production or operation, significant penalty imposed by regulatory authorities, cancellation of registration, revocation of business license, involvement in material legal proceedings, severe deterioration in operation and financial condition, deterioration of credit standing, legal representative/principal officer being unable to perform their duties;

(2)the occurrence of any of the following events which Party B believes may adversely impact its creditor’s rights:

Party A fails to repay any other due debts, including such debts owed to any other branch or organization of China Construction Bank or to any other third party; Party A transfers assets at a low price or for free; Party A relieves or waives any debt of a third party; Party A fails to exercise its creditor’s rights or any other rights; or Party A provides security for a third party; financial indicators of Party A fail to meet, on a continuous basis, the requirements specified in Schedule2; there are unusual fluctuations in any of Party A’s accounts (including without limitation account to collect sale proceeds and other account subject to Party B’s supervision) ; there are grave cross-defaults by Party A; profit-making capability of Party A’s core business is undesirable; there is irregularity in the use of loan;

(3)Party A’s shareholder manipulates the independence status of Party A as a legal person or the limited liability status of the shareholder in order to evade debts, and Party B believes this manipulation may adversely impact its creditor’s rights;

(4)any of the conditions precedent to advance the Loan has not been satisfied continuously;

(5)the occurrence of any of the following events upon the guarantor which Party B believes may adversely impact its creditor’s rights:

(i)the guarantor breaches any provision of the guarantee contract, or any of the representations and warranties it has made proves to be false, wrong or incomplete;

(ii)contracting, trustee (receiver) being appointed, lease, shareholding restructuring, decrease of its registered capital, investment, joint operation, mergers and acquisitions, acquisition and restructuring, division, joint venture, shares transfer, substantial increase of debt

16

financing, applying for (or subject to an application for) temporary cessation of operation or dissolution, revocation, applying for (or subject to an application for) bankruptcy, change of controlling shareholders/actual controllers, transfer of material assets, transfer of assets at a low price or for free, relieving or waiving any debt of a third party; failure to exercise its creditor’s rights or any other rights, suspension of production or operation, significant penalty imposed by regulatory authorities, cancellation of registration, revocation of business license, involvement in material legal proceedings, severe deterioration in operation and financial condition, deterioration of credit standing, legal representative/principal officer’s inability to perform their duties, which may adversely impact its capability as a guarantor;

(iii)  other events in which the guarantor has lost or may lose its capability as guarantor.

(6)       the occurrence of any of the following events on the mortgage or pledge which Party B believes may adversely impact its creditor’s rights:

(i)the mortgaged or pledged property is damaged, destroyed or its value is reduced as a result of a third-party’s action, expropriation, confiscation, eminent domain or redevelopment and relocation by the government, market change, or any other reason;

(ii)the mortgaged or pledged property has been seized, impounded, frozen, mandatorily debited, put on lien, sold by auction, subject to administration order by a government authority, or a dispute over the ownership of the mortgaged or pledged property occurs;

(iii)the mortgagor or pledgor breaches any provision of the mortgage/pledge contract, or any of the representations and warranties it has made proves to be false, wrong or incomplete;

(iv)other events that may adversely impact Party B’s ability to realize its mortgage or pledge.

(7)the security is not effected, becomes ineffective, invalid, or is rescinded or terminated, or the security provider defaults or repudiates its obligations expressly or by conduct, or the security provider has lost its capability to perform its obligations as a security provider in whole or in part, or the value of the collateral is reduced, which Party B believes may adversely impact its creditor’s rights; or

(8)other events which Party B believes may adversely impact its creditor’s rights.

10.4Party B’s Remedy

Upon occurrence of any event under Article 10.2 or 10.3, Party B may exercise one or more of the following rights:

(1)to stop advancing the Loan;

17

(2)to request for more conditions precedent for loan advance and payment;

(3)to change the means of payment of loan in accordance with this Contract;

(4)to declare the Loan immediately due and payable, and request Party A to repay immediately all the due and undue principal, interest and fees;

(5)if Party A fails to make any drawdown in accordance with the Contract, Party B may hold Party A liable to pay a penalty equal to 0 % of the Loan proceeds not drawn and may reject Party A’s request for drawing such Loan;

(6)if Party A utilizes any part of the Loan for any purpose other than as provided herein, interest on the misappropriated amount shall be calculated and compounded for the period from the date of the misappropriation to the date when all the principal and interest have been fully paid in accordance with the relevant default interest rate and the interest settlement method as provided herein;

(7)if any principal is overdue, the interest on such principal and on any overdue interest (including whole or part of the principal and interest which have been accelerated), shall be calculated and compounded for the period from the first date such principal becomes overdue to the date when all the principal and interest have been fully paid, in accordance with the relevant default interest rate and the interest settlement method as provided herein;

“Overdue” herein means that Party A fails to repay the Loan on the repayment date or, in case of repayment in installments, fails to repay the relevant installments in accordance with the repayment schedule as provided herein.

Before any principal is overdue, the overdue interest shall be compounded in accordance with the interest rate and the interest settlement method as provided herein;

(8)other remedies, including but not limited to:

(i)to debit Party A’s accounts at China Construction Bank in RMB or other currencies with corresponding amount without prior notice to Party A;

(ii)to exercise its rights under the security interest;

(iii)to request Party A to provide new security satisfactory to Party B for all the debts of Party A hereunder;

(iv)to decline Party A’s request to dispose of its deposits of corresponding amount, within any account opened with any branch of China Construction Bank (including without limitation the account to collect sale proceeds);

(v)to terminate the Contract.

18

11.MISCELLANEOUS

11.1Cost Allocation

(1)all costs and expenses incurred as a result of Party A’s breach of any provision in this Contract, including without limitation court fees, arbitration fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, enforcement expenses, valuation/appraisal fees, auction fees, notary fees, service fees, public announcement costs, legal fees, shall be borne by Party A.

(2)in respect of other fees the parties agree as follows:

11.2Use of Party A’s Information

Party A agrees that Party B is entitled to inquire about Party A’s creditworthiness with the Credit Database or relevant authorities established or approved by the People’s Bank of China and the Credit Reference Agency, and that Party B is entitled to provide Party A’s information to such Credit Database. Party A further agrees that Party B may reasonably use and disclose Party A’s information for business purpose.

11.3Collection by Public Announcement

In the event that Party A fails to repay on time any principal or interest or breaches any other contractual obligations hereunder, Party B is entitled to report to relevant authorities and demand repayments by means of public announcement via press.

11.4Party B’s Record as Evidence

Unless there is reliable and definitive evidence to the contrary, Party B’s internal records of principal, interest, expenses and repayment, receipts, vouchers made or retained by Party B during the course of drawdown, repayment and interest payment, and records and vouchers relating to the collections by Party B shall constitute valid evidence of the creditor-debtor relationship between the two parties. Party A shall not raise any objection merely because the above records, receipts, vouchers are made or retained by Party B.

11.5No Waivers

Party B’s rights hereunder shall not prejudice or exclude any other rights Party B is entitled to under applicable laws, regulations and other contracts. No forbearance, extension of time limit, preferential treatment or delay in exercising any right hereunder shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of rights and interests hereunder or permit or recognition of any breach of the Contract. Nor shall it restrict, prevent or interfere with the continuous exercise of such right at a later time or any other right, nor shall the foregoing cause Party B to be liable in any way to the Borrower.

11.6If Party A owes Party B any other due and payable debts in addition to the debts hereunder, Party B may debit any of Party A’s account at China Construction Bank in RMB or other currencies and may choose to repay any of the due and payable debts in the order it deems appropriate. Party A agrees not to raise any objection with respect thereto.

19

11.7In the event of any change to the address or other contact information, Party A shall promptly notify Party B of such change in writing. Party A shall be liable for any loss caused by its failure of giving prompt notice of such change.

11.8Direct Debit Right

Party B is entitled to debit, without prior notice to Party A, any account of Party A at China Construction Bank in RMB or other currencies to pay all amounts payable under the Contract. Party A shall assist Party B to complete any procedures for foreign exchange settlement or sale, and Party A shall bear the risk of exchange rate fluctuation.

11.9Dispute Resolution

Any dispute arising from the performance of the Contract may be settled by consultation. If the dispute cannot be resolved through consultation, such dispute shall be submitted to  (1)  [please select from below]:

(1)the People’s court within the jurisdiction where Party B is located.

(2)                                                  [name of the arbitration committee] for arbitration at                                  [place of arbitration] in accordance with the then prevailing arbitration rules. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on both Party A and Party B.

The undisputed provisions shall remain enforceable during the process of litigation or arbitration.

11.10Effectiveness of the Contract

The Contract shall become effective upon:

(1)execution by the legal representative/(principal officer) or authorized representative of Party A and being affixed with the company chop of Party A; and

(2)execution by the principal officer or authorized representative of Party B and being affixed with the company chop of Party B. All Schedules of this Contract shall constitute integral parts of this Contract and shall be equally binding.

11.11The Contract shall be executed in                                        counterparts.

11.12Other Provisions:

20

12.          REPRESENTATIONS

12.1Party A clearly understands the business scope and authorization limit of Party B.

12.2Party A has read the Contract. Party B, at Party A’s request, has explained the terms of the Contract, and Party A fully understands their meanings and corresponding legal consequences.

12.3The execution and performance of the Contract by Party A is in compliance with laws, administrative regulations, rules and Party A’s articles of association (or its other internal constitutional documents) and has been approved by its internal competent organization and/or the competent governmental authorities.

12.4Party A carries out production and operation in compliance with laws and regulations.

12.5Party A has the capability to keep its business going and has the legitimate sources to repay the loan.

12.6Party A warrants that the loan amount requested under this Contract is no more than necessary to meet the real needs of Party A for the purposes specified herein.

12.7Both Party A and its controlling shareholder have good financial standing and have no record of gross misconducts.

12.8Party A agrees that Party B has the right to instruct other branches of China Construction Bank to advance loan under this Contract and to exercise or perform the rights and obligations hereunder.

12.9Party A represents that, at the time of execution of this Contract, there exists no action or event that violates any applicable laws, regulations or rules in relation to environmental protection, energy saving and emission/pollution reduction (the “Environmental Laws”). Party A further warrants that it shall strictly comply with such Environmental Law after the execution of this Contract. If any of the above representations or warranties is untrue, or Party A defaults on any of the above undertakings, or there is any potential risk of energy dissipation or pollution by Party A, Party B is entitled to stop advancing loans, to declare an acceleration of the principal and interest not yet due hereunder, or adopt other remedial measures provided hereunder or permitted by laws.

21

Party A (Company Chop)

By the legal representative (principal officer) or authorized representative:

Signature:

Date:

Party B (Company Chop)

By the principal officer or authorized representative:

Signature:

Date:

22

Schedule 1

Loan Information

1.  Specific purposes of the loan:

This Loan is used for company’s daily operation expense, including material purchase payment and employee’s salary.

Party A shall not change the purpose of the loan without Party B’s written consent.

2.  Sources of funds for loan repayment :

Company’s proceeds of sales.

Party A guarantees the truthfulness and legality of such sources of funds and the steadiness and adequacy of cash flows of such sources.

3.  Miscellaneous

1

Schedule 2

Mandatory Financial Indicators

The Financial indicators of Party A shall on a continuous basis meet the following requirements:

Maximum Monthly Capital/Debt	65%
Minimum Current Ratio:	100%
Minimum liquidity Ratio:	60%
Maximum contingency liability/Capital	30%
Maximum accumulated long term investment/Capital	30%

Party B has the right to change unilaterally such requirements as to mandatory indicators provided that FIVE working-day advanced notice is issued to Party A.

2

Schedule 3

Schedule for Loan Drawdown

Contract Number

Date of Drawdown

No.	Proposed Purpose	Proposed Payment Amount	Proposed Recipient(if any)	Notes
1
2
…
…
Total	RMB (CAPITALIZE WORDS)

Name of the Borrower (company seal):

3

Schedule 4

Consolidated report on payment at Party A’s initiative

Contract Number

Date of Delivery

NO.	Actual purpose of  the Loan	Recipient	Amount	Evidencing  Materials	Whether or not in compliance with the purpose specified in this Contract
1
2
……
total	RMB (CAPITALIZE WORDS)

Name of the Borrower_ (company seal):

Internal review	Relationship Manager (signature):
	Officer in charge of reviewing loan advances and payments (signature):

4

Schedule A to Form of RMB Working Capital Loan Agreement

Loan Commencement Date Loan Expiration Date Loan Amount Loan Rate Drawdown Schedule Schedule for Repayment

5

EX-10.30

Exhibit 10.30

Contract No.: 1230

between

GLOBAL TECHNOLOGY INC.

as Borrower

and

CHINA CONSTRUCTION BANK - NINGBO YINZHOU BRANCH

as Lender

RMB WORKING CAPITAL LOAN AGREEMENT

This RMB Loan Agreement (the “Contract”) is entered into in order for the company’s daily operation expense [, including material purchase payment and employee’s salary], by and between:

GLOBAL TECHNOLOGY INC., located at NO. 88, QIUSHI RD, WANGCHUN INDUSTRIAL PART, NINGBO, CHINA, P.C.315176 with CHIH-HSIANG LIN as its legal representative and its fax number 88133820 and its telephone number 574-88133818 as borrower (“Party A”); and

CHINA CONSTRUCTION BANK - NINGBO YINZHOU BRANCH, located at TAIKANG ZHONG RD S. COMMERCIAL AREA 2ND FL, GUOHUA INT'L BLDG NO. 500, 315040 with ● as its principal officer and its fax number being 87370029 and its telephone number being 87374267, as lender (“Party B”).

2

WHEREAS

(1) Party A wishes to apply to Party B for a loan, and Party B agrees to extend to Party A such loan.

(2) NOW THEREFORE upon consultation in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, both parties hereto agree as follows:

1. LOAN AMOUNT

The amount of the loan that Party B provides to Party A hereunder shall be RMB [see Schedule A] (the “Loan”).

2. PURPOSE OF THE LOAN AND SOURCES OF FUNDS FOR REPAYMENT

Party A shall utilize the loan for the purpose of the routine production operation.

The information relating to specific purposes of such loan under the Contract and sources of funds for repayment shall be determined in Schedule 1 “Loan Information”.

3. TERM OF THE LOAN

The term of the Loan shall be 12 months, commencing from [see Schedule A] and expiring on [see Schedule A] (the “Term”).

Where the above commencement date is inconsistent with the date set forth on the loan-to deposit certificate (the “LDC” or “Loan Receipt”, the date set forth on the LDC for the first advance of the Loan shall be the commencement date of the Term and the expiry date of the Term shall be adjusted accordingly. The LDC shall constitute an integral part of the Contract and have the equal legal force as the Contract.

4. INTEREST RATE ON THE LOAN, DEFAULT INTEREST RATE, INTEREST CALCULATION AND SETTLEMENT

4.1Interest Rate on the Loan (the “Loan Rate”)

The Loan Rate hereunder shall be an annual rate set forth in item (2) below:

(1) a fixed interest rate of % which shall remain the same during the Term;

(2) [See Schedule A] on the date when interest commences to accrue (the “Interest Commencement Date”). Such interest rate shall remain the same during the Term; or

3

(3) a floating interest rate equal to __ (100% a floating percentage of __ %) (the “Floating Percentage”) of the Base Rate (as defined below) on the date when interest commences to accrue (the “Interest Commencement Date”). The Loan Rate shall, during the period between the Interest Commencement Date and the date when all the principal amount and interest accrued thereon under the Contract have been fully repaid, be adjusted once every ___ months in accordance with the Base Rate on the interest rate adjustment date and the Floating Percentage. The interest rate adjustment date shall be a date corresponding to the Interest Commencement Date in the month when such interest is adjusted. If there is no such a date corresponding to the Interest Commencement Date in such month, the adjustment date for the interest rate shall be the last day of such month.

4.2 Default Interest Rate

(1) If Party A does not use the Loan hereunder for purposes set forth herein (“Misappropriation”), the default interest rate on such Loan shall be (100% plus 100%) of the Loan Rate. If the Loan Rate is adjusted according to Article 4.1(3) above, the default interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the adjusted Loan Rate and the upward floating percentage set out in this Article 4.2(1).

(2) The default interest rate on overdue Loan shall be (100% plus 50 %) of the Loan Rate. If the Loan Rate is adjusted according to Article 4.1 (3) above, such default interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the adjusted Loan Rate and the upward floating percentage set out in this Article 4.2(2).

(3) If Misappropriation and overdue payment occur concurrently, the default interest shall be calculated and compounded in accordance with the higher of the two default interest rates provided for in Articles 4.2(1) and 4.2(2) herein.

4.3 The Interest Commencement Date provided in this Article 4 refers to the date on which the proceeds of the first advance have been deposited into the loan disbursement account designated in Article 6 (the “Loan Disbursement Account”).

For the first advance of the Loan, the Base Rate refers to the lending interest rate quoted by the People’s Bank of China (the “PBOC”) on the Interest Commencement Date for loans with the same tenor and within the same category. If the lending interest rate on other advances of the Loan is adjusted in accordance with Article 4.1(3), the Base Rate refers to the lending interest rate quoted by the PBOC on the interest rate adjustment date for loans with the same tenor and within the same category. If the PBOC no longer publishes such lending interest rate, the Base Rate shall mean, unless agreed otherwise between the parties, the lending interest rate with the same tenor and within the same category generally accepted by the banking industry on the interest rate adjustment date or an interest rate commonly used for a loan with the same tenor and within the same category.

4.4 The interest on the Loan shall commence to accrue as of the date when such Loan proceeds have been deposited into the Loan Disbursement Account designated by Party A. Interest on the Loan shall be computed daily with the daily interest rate equal to 1/360 of the annual interest rate. If Party A can not pay interest on the interest settlement date as provided herein, the interest shall be compounded as of the date immediately following the applicable interest settlement date.

4

4.5 Interest Settlement

(1) For a loan subject to a fixed interest rate, the interest accrued thereon shall be calculated in accordance with the agreed fixed interest rate. For a loan subject to a floating interest rate, the interest accrued thereon shall be calculated in accordance with the interest rate determined for each interest rate floating period. If the interest rate has been adjusted more than once during a single interest settlement period, the interest during each interest rate floating period shall be calculated first and the total interest accrued during such interest settlement period shall be the aggregate amount of all the interest accrued during each interest rate floating period within such interest settlement period.

(2) The interest accrued on the Loan hereunder shall be settled in accordance with (i) of the following:

(i) on a monthly basis and the interest settlement date shall be the 20^th day of each month;

(ii) on a quarterly basis and the interest settlement date shall be the 20^th day of the last month of the relevant quarter;

(iii) other method:_______________________.

5. ADVANCE AND DRAWDOWN

5.1 Conditions Precedent to Advance

Unless Party B waives all or part of the following conditions, Party B shall be obligated to advance any amount of the Loan only if all the following conditions continuously remain satisfied:

(1) Party A has completed all the approval, registration, delivery, insurance and other statutory procedures in relation to the Loan hereunder;

(2) the security has become and remains effective, if a security is established for the Contract;

(3) Party A has opened the bank accounts for drawdown and debt service purposes as Party B requests;

(4) Party A has not triggered any event of default hereunder;

(5) no event has occurred that may adversely impact Party B’s rights as a creditor;

(6) the advance to be made by Party B is not prohibited or restricted by any laws, regulations, rules or competent authorities; and

(7) the financial indicators of Party A shall, at all time, continue to meet the requirements specified in Schedule2 Terms relating to Mandatory Financial Indicators;

(8) Party A has submitted such materials as required in this Contract before any loan drawdown;

(9) the materials submitted by Party A are legal, authenticated, complete, accurate, valid and be in accordance with other requirements of Party B;

(10) Other conditions

5

5.2 Drawdown Schedule

“Drawdown” referred to in this Contract shall mean disbursements by Party B of the funds to the Loan Disbursement Account in accordance with Party A’s Application and this Contract.

The drawdown schedule hereunder shall be item [see Schedule A] of the following:

(1) The drawdown schedule shall be as follows:

	Drawdown Date (mm/dd/yyyy)	Amount
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)

(2) The drawdown schedule shall be as follows:

(i) from [                       ] to [                       ], Amount__________;

              (mm/dd/yyyy)      (mm/dd/yyyy)

(ii) from [                       ] to [                       ], Amount__________;

              (mm/dd/yyyy)      (mm/dd/yyyy)

(iii) from [                       ] to [                       ], Amount__________;

               (mm/dd/yyyy)      (mm/dd/yyyy)

(iv) from [                       ] to [                       ], Amount__________;

                (mm/dd/yyyy)      (mm/dd/yyyy)

(v) from [                       ] to [                       ], Amount__________;

               (mm/dd/yyyy)      (mm/dd/yyyy)

(vi) from [                       ] to [                       ], Amount__________;

                (mm/dd/yyyy)      (mm/dd/yyyy)

6

(3) from time to time, as required by Party A.

(4)

5.3 Party A shall draw the Loan in accordance with the drawdown schedule under Article 5.2. Without Party B’s written consent, Party A shall not accelerate, postpone or cancel any drawdown of the Loan.

5.4	If Party A draws the Loan in installments, the expiration date of the Term shall be determined in accordance with Article 3 hereunder.
5.5	Materials required to be submitted by Party A

In respect of materials required to be submitted by Party A, the Parties agree that Item A applies [choose A or B];

A.

Situation NO. 1

Where the situation described in Item (1) [choose (1) or (2)] arises

(1) the amount of any particular drawdown is more than RMB TEN million and the amount of any scheduled payment out of such drawdown is more than RMB TEN million;

(2)

Party A shall submit to Party B the following materials no later than ONE working days before the date of such drawdown:

(1) the LDC signed by Party A and payment/settlement certificate(s) signed by Party A;

(2) materials related to the underlying transactions (including without limitation goods/services/monetary contracts and/or invoices and other documents in writing or electronic form that are capable of evidencing the particular purposes of the loan drawdown);

7

And other materials required by Party B (including without limitation business license, letter of authorization, articles of association, resolutions of Shareholders’ meeting /Board of directors of Party A’s counterparty).

Situation NO. 2

If Party B determines, after reviewing the aforementioned materials, that Party may initiate the payment in accordance with Article 5.7 of this Contract, or a situation other than Situation NO. 1 arises, Party A shall submit to Party B　the following materials no later than ONE working days before the date of such drawdown

(1) The drawdown schedule corresponding to the proposed loan drawdown (The drawdown schedule being in the form of Schedule 3)

(2) LDC signed by Party A;

And other materials required by Party B (including without limitation business license, letter of authorization, articles of association, resolutions of Shareholders’ meeting/Board of directors of Party A ’s counterparty).

B.

Party A shall submit to Party B　the following materials no later than ONE working days before the date of such drawdown regardless of the amount of any particular drawdown:

(1) the LDC signed by Party A and payment/settlement certificate (s) signed by Party A;

(2) related to the underlying transactions (including without limitation goods/services/monetary contracts and/or invoices and other documents in writing or electronic form that are capable of evidencing the particular purposes of the loan drawdown);

And other materials required by Party B (including without limitation business license, letter of authorization, articles of association, resolutions of Shareholders’ meeting/Board of directors of Party A ’s counterparty).

5.6Entrusted Payment through Party B

(1) Situations where Entrusted Payment applies to Party B

If the situation described in (i)arises, Entrusted Payment shall apply, i.e. Party A hereby irrevocably entrusts Party B to pay the amount of the drawdown to Party A’s counterparty. Party A shall not pay such amount directly to such counterparty or any other third party.

8

(i) the amount of any particular drawdown is more than RMB TEN million and the amount of any scheduled payment out of such drawdown is more than RMB TEN million, and Party B determines, after reviewing the materials submitted by Party A, that recipient of the payment is specific and identifiable;

(ii) Entrusted Payment applies regardless of the amount of any particular drawdown;

(iii) ________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

(2)

In the case of entrusted payment, Party B deposits the amount of the loan drawdown in the Loan Disbursement Account and pays such amount through Loan Disbursement Account to the account designated by Party A’s counterparty. Party A shall not dispose of the loan drawdown in any way (including without limitation account transfer or withdrawal of cash).

(3)

Party B will make prima facie examination of the documents submitted by Party A regarding payment amount, time of payment, recipient of payment, means of payment, and related accounts Party B will pay the drawdown amount to Party A’s counterparty if Party B determines at its discretion that it is satisfied with the abovementioned prima facie examination. The obligations of Party B relating to entrusted payment shall be extinguished once the drawdown amount is paid into the account of Party A’s counterparty (the information of such account shall be provided by Party A). Party A shall check and verify the status of payment within one working day after the date of payment and shall notify Party B　in case of failure of payment. Party A shall guarantee that there is consistence between documents/information regarding recipient of payment, utilization of the loan and materials related to underlying documents.

(4) There is no warranty or representation by Party B in respect of the truthfulness or legality or compliance with regulations of the underlying transactions although Party B has made the above-mentioned prima facie examination of the payment documents. Nor shall Party B　be implicated in any dispute between Party A and Party A’s counterparty or any third party. Nor shall Party B be liable for any obligations or liabilities of Party A. Party A shall compensate Party B　for any and all losses incurred by Party B resulting from Party B’s activities relating to Entrusted Payment.

(5) Where there is a failure or delay in payment of the drawdown amount to the account of Party A’s counterparty and such failure or delay is caused by incompleteness, untruthfulness or inaccuracy of the documents submitted by Party A, or by violation of permitted utilization of loan or by information discrepancy or by other reasons but not by Party B’s fault, the following applies:

(i) Party A shall be liable for all the consequences including without limitation all losses caused by the above mentioned failure or delay. Party B　shall not be liable in any way and shall be compensated by Party Afor any losses resulting therefrom;

9

(ii) Party A shall not dispose of any of such drawdown amount in anyway (including without limitation account transfer or withdrawal of cash);

(iii) Party A shall resubmit materials, make corrections and/or perform other activities as instructed by Party B within ONE working days;

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

Party B may accelerate the maturity of such loan drawdown if Party A is in breach of any of the above provisions.

(6) Party A shall be liable for any and all risks, liabilities and losses caused by any failure or error or delay in payment which does not result from Party B’s fault. Party B　shall not be liable in any way and shall be compensated by Party A　for any losses resulting therefrom.

5.7Payment on Party A’s own initiative

Where situation other than that described in Article 5.6(1) arises, Party A may initiate the payment at its own discretion.i.e. Party B may deposit the drawdown amount to the Loan Disbursement Account as instructed by Party As application for loan drawdown, Party A may then pay such amount directly to the recipient. Party A shall guarantee the conformity between the recipient, utilization of loan and the underlying transaction documents.

5.8 The obligations of Party B to advance loans shall be extinguished once the loan amount is deposited into the Loan Disbursement Account regardless of entrusted payment or not. Party A shall ensure the Loan Disbursement Account remain in normal status (including without limitation not subject to freezing by competent authorities). Party A shall bear all risks, liabilities and losses including without limitation freezing and mandatory transfer by competent authorities. Party A shall compensate Party B for any losses resulting therefrom.

5.9Change of means of payment

Party B is entitled to change the means of payment if any of the following circumstances arises, including without limitation re-determining the situations where Entrusted Payment applies, (e.g. changing the threshold amount for Entrusted Payment) and changing the means of payment in respect of any particular drawdown:

(1) Any event of default by Party A arises;

(2) There arises any event that may adversely impact Party B’s rights as a creditor;

(3) Other circumstances where Party B deems necessary to change the means of payment.

Where Party B changes the means of payment, Party A shall resubmit the materials or perform other activities as required by this Contract and Party B.

10

6. USE AND SUPERVISION OF ACCOUNTS

6.1 Loan Disbursement Account

The Loan Disbursement Account herein shall be determined in accordance with (2):

(1)	within working days from the date of coming into effect of this Contract and before the date of first drawdown, Party A shall open an account within Party B for the sole purpose of the disbursement and payment of all loan amount under this Contract.
(2)	other account opened by Party A within Party B (Account Number: 33101995038050503008).

6.2 Account to collect sale proceeds

(1) within ONE working days from the date of coming into effect of this Contract, Party A shall open an account within Party B for the purpose of collecting sale proceeds or designate an existing account within Party B　as such (Account Number: 33101995038050503008).

(2)	Party A shall, on a monthly basis (choose “monthly” or “quarterly”), submit a report to Party　B on the incoming and outgoing amounts of such account. Party A shall submit such report for the immediately preceding month or quarter (as the case may be) within the first FIVE working days of each month or quarter.
(3)	Party B is entitled to manage the incoming and outgoing amounts of such account. In particular, such account shall be in compliance with (vi) (one or more of the following requirements may be selected):

(i) average balances of such account:

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

(ii) time for incoming payment being deposited into such account:

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

(iii) percentage of the overall sale proceeds of Party A that are to be deposited into such account:

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

(iv) amount limit for any particular outgoing payment of such account:

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

11

(v) amount limit for daily outgoing payment (s) of such account:

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

(vi) restrictions on internet-banking functions of such account:

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

(vii) no outgoing payment shall be made without Party B’s prior consent;

(viii) Such account shall be used only for the purposes of collecting sale proceeds and repaying the loan, and not for any other purpose;

(iii) ____________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

(x) other requirements by Party B;

(xi) A separate Account Management Agreement signed by both Parties shall be complied with.

7. REPAYMENT

7.1 General Principles for Repayment

Party A shall repay the Loan in accordance with the following principles: Party B has the right to apply Party A’s repayment first towards payment of any expense which shall be borne by Party A as provided hereunder but has been advanced by Party B and the expenses incurred by Party B for realizing its creditor’s rights. Party B shall apply the balance of such repayment in the order of interest first and then principal adhering to the principle that the interest shall be fully repaid concurrently with the repayment in full of all the principal amounts.

For any advance of which the principal has become due but unpaid for more than ninety days, or any advance on which the interest has become due but unpaid for more than ninety days, or any advance otherwise provided by the laws, regulations or rules, Party B may first apply Party A’s repayment towards those payments of expenses set out in the first paragraph of this article. Then Party B may apply the balance of such repayment towards payment in the order of principal first and then interest.

12

7.2 Payment of Interest

Party A shall pay due interest to Party B on the interest settlement date. The first interest payment date shall be the first interest settlement date after the release of an advance. All the interest and principal amounts outstanding shall be paid in full on the last repayment date.

7.3 Schedule for Repayment of the Principal

The repayment schedule hereunder shall be determined in accordance with item [see Schedule A] below:

(1)The repayment schedule shall be as follows:

	Repayment Date(mm/dd/yyyy)	Amount
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)

(2)

7.4 Repayment Method

Party A shall deposit sufficient amount into the Account to collect sale processor other account at Party B before the repayment date provided hereunder and transfer such amount to repay the Loan (Party B may also debit such amount from such account to repay the Loan), or transfer such amount from another bank account of Party A to repay the Loan.

7.5 Prepayment

Party A may prepay the principals in full or in part upon approval by Party B of a written application submitted to Party B THIRTY working days in advance.

The interest accrued on the principals to be prepaid shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days lapsed and the Loan Rate provided herein.

13

If Party B approves the prepayment by Party A, Party B shall have the right to charge Party A the compensation fee in an amount to be determined in accordance with the (1) of the following methods:

(1)	compensation fee=amount of the principal prepaid × number of months remaining until the scheduled repayment date(the “Remaining Period”)×__1__‰; provided, however, that the part of the Remaining Period that falls short of a month shall be calculated as a full month; or
(2)

If Party A is required to repay the Loan in installments and prepays part of the principal, the prepaid amount shall be applied in the reverse order of the repayment schedule. After any partial prepayment, the outstanding Loan shall still be subject to the Loan Rate provided herein.

8. PARTY A’S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

8.1 Party A’s Rights

Party A has the rights to:

(1)	request Party B to release each advance of the Loan as provided hereunder;
(2)	utilize the Loan for the purposes provided for hereunder;
(3)	apply to Party B for extension of the Term hereunder provided that it has satisfied all the conditions as Party B requests;
(4)	require Party B to keep confidential the relevant financial information and manufacturing and operating trade secrets furnished by Party A except provided otherwise by law, regulations and rules, or required otherwise by the competent authorities, or agreed otherwise between the both parties hereto;

(5) reject Party B or its employees asking for bribe; it shall have the right to lodge complaint with the competent authority about such misconduct and any other act of Party B that may violate the laws and regulations relating to the lending interest rate and service charges.

8.2 Party A’s Obligations

(1) Party A shall draw the Loan and repay the principal and interest in full as provided herein, and bear the expenses and fees as provided herein;

(2) Party A shall provide its financial, accounting as well as manufacturing and operating information and other materials as the Party B may request, and among other things, on or before the TWENTY working day of the first month of each quarter, Party A shall provide to Party B with the balance sheet and the profit and loss statement (or the income and expenditure statement, if Party A is a public institution) up to the end of the preceding quarter, and shall provide the cash flow statement at the end of each year in a timely fashion. Party A shall be responsible for the legality, truthfulness, accuracy, completeness and validity of the information it provides, and shall not provide false information or conceal material facts with respect to its financial and operation status;

14

(3) In case of any change in Party A’s name, legal representative (or principal officer), registered address, business scope, registered capital, articles of association or any other registration with local industrial and commercial authority, or there arises any circumstances that may adversely affect Party A’s capability to repay the indebtedness or may endanger Party B’s rights as a creditor, Party A shall notify Party B in writing of the same with relevant documents together with such notification evidencing the changes within 3 working days thereafter;

(4)	Party A shall utilize the Loan in accordance with the purposes as provided herein, and shall not misappropriate the Loan or utilize the Loan to carry out any transactions in violation of the laws and regulations, nor for investments in fixed assets, or equity or other areas, nor for production or operations prohibited by the state, nor for repaying the indebtedness incurred as a result of Party A’s investments in fixed assets or equity etc.; Party A shall cooperate with Party B in its inspection of Party A’s manufacturing, operating and financial activities and utilization of the Loan herein, and shall be subject to the requirements of Party B relating to loan management; Party A shall not try to evade its repayment obligations owing to Party B by means of withdrawing capital it has injected, transferring assets or entering into related-party transactions. Further, Party A shall not attempt to obtain loans or credit facilities from Party B by using dummy contracts with its related parties or by pledging such rights as notes receivable or accounts receivable without actual underlying transactions or by applying to Party B for discounting the same; Party A shall be in compliance with the provisions relating to means of payment and shall not evade Entrusted Payment by way of dividing a larger-amount payment into payments in smaller amounts;
(5)	Party A shall comply with the regulations relating to environmental protection, if the Loan hereunder shall be utilized for manufacturing or project construction;
(6)	Without Party B’s consent, Party A shall not mortgage or pledge any assets acquired by utilizing the Loan hereunder for the benefit of a third party before full repayment of the principals and interest accrued thereon;
(7)	If Party A qualifies as a group customer, it shall promptly report to Party B any related-party transactions involving more than 10% of Party A’s net assets, including (i) the relationship among all the parties to such transaction; (ii) the transaction and its nature; (iii) the transaction amount or the relevant ratio; and (iv) pricing policy (also applicable to the transactions with no price or merely nominal price);
(8)	Party A shall not carry out merger, split-up, transfer of shares, outward investment, substantial increase of debt financing or other activities of importance without Party B’s prior written consent. For the avoidance of doubt, such consent shall not impair Party B’s rights to take remedial measures if Party B determines at a later time that such activities of Party A may endanger Party B’s rights as a creditor;
(9)	In the case of payment at Party A’s own initiative, Party A shall submit reports to Party　B on the use and payment of loan amounts on a monthly basis. Party A shall submit such report for the immediately preceding month within the first TEN working days of each month, together with a list of actual uses of loan amounts, until the date of repayment of all the loan. Such report shall be in the form attached in Schedule 4.

15

9. PARTY B’S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

9.1       Party B is entitled to request Party A to repay the principal, interest accrued thereon and expenses when due, to manage and control the payment of loan amounts, to monitor on a real-time basis overall cash flows of Party A and to accelerate the maturity of the loan considering the status of collection of sale proceeds of Party A. Party B may exercise any other rights hereunder and demand Party A to perform any other obligations hereunder.

9.2       Party B is entitled to engage in Party A’s large-amount financing (The total amount of such financing shall be more than RMB SEVENTY-FOUR MILLION or Foreign Exchange equivalent), sale of assets, merger, split-up, stock-company restructuring, bankruptcy, liquidation and other activities for the purpose of protecting Party B’s rights. The way(s) of engagement shall be (1) (multiple choices are allowed)

(1) Party A shall seek Party B’s prior written consent before carrying out any of the above activities;

(2) Party B is entitled to arrange for Party A’s large-amount financings;

(3) the sale price and buyer of the assets shall be in compliance with the following:

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

(4)__________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

(5) other ways Party B deems fit.

9.3	Party B shall advance the Loan as provided herein unless the delay or failure in advancing the Loan is caused by any reason attributable to Party A or any other reason that can not be attributed to Party B.
9.4	Party B shall keep confidential the relevant financial documents and manufacturing and operating trade secrets furnished by Party A except otherwise provided by the laws, regulations and rules, or required by the competent authorities, or agreed between the parties hereto.
9.5	Party B shall not bribe Party A or its employees, nor request any bribe or accept any bribe offered by Party A.
9.6	Party B shall not engage in any activity which is dishonest or will be detrimental to Party A’s lawful interests.

16

10. DEFAULT AND REMEDY

10.1    Events of Default by Party B and Liabilities

(1) If Party B does not advance the Loan as provided herein without justifiable reason, Party A may request Party B to advance the Loan in accordance with the Contract.

(2) If Party B charges any interest or fee which is prohibited by the laws or regulations, Party A may request Party B to refund the interest or fee charged.

10.2    Events of Default by Party A

The events of default by Party A shall include:

(1)    Party A breaches any statutory obligation or any contractual obligation hereunder; and

(2)    Party A has repudiated its obligations hereunder expressly or by its conduct.

10.3    Events that may Adversely Impact Creditor’s Rights

(1) the occurrence of any of the following events upon Party A which Party B believes may adversely impact its creditor’s rights:

contracting, trustee (receiver) being appointed, lease, shareholding restructuring, decrease of its registered capital, investment, joint operation, mergers and acquisitions, acquisition and restructuring, division, joint venture, shares transfer, substantial increase of debt financing, applying for (or subject to an application for) temporary cessation of operation or dissolution, revocation, applying for (or subject to an application for) bankruptcy, change of controlling shareholders/actual controllers, transfer of material assets, suspension of production or operation, significant penalty imposed by regulatory authorities, cancellation of registration, revocation of business license, involvement in material legal proceedings, severe deterioration in operation and financial condition, deterioration of credit standing, legal representative/principal officer being unable to perform their duties;

(2) the occurrence of any of the following events which Party B believes may adversely impact its creditor’s rights:

Party A fails to repay any other due debts, including such debts owed to any other branch or organization of China Construction Bank or to any other third party; Party A transfers assets at a low price or for free; Party A relieves or waives any debt of a third party; Party A fails to exercise its creditor’s rights or any other rights; or Party A provides security for a third party; financial indicators of Party A fail to meet, on a continuous basis, the requirements specified in Schedule2; there are unusual fluctuations in any of Party A’s accounts (including without limitation account to collect sale proceeds and other account subject to Party B’s supervision);there are grave cross-defaults by Party A; profit-making capability of Party A’s core business is undesirable; there is irregularity in the use of loan;

17

(3) Party A’s shareholder manipulates the independence status of Party A as a legal person or the limited liability status of the shareholder in order to evade debts, and Party B believes this manipulation may adversely impact its creditor’s rights;

(4) any of the conditions precedent to advance the Loan has not been satisfied continuously;

(5) the occurrence of any of the following events upon the guarantor which Party B believes may adversely impact its creditor’s rights:

(i) the guarantor breaches any provision of the guarantee contract, or any of the representations and warranties it has made proves to be false, wrong or incomplete;

(ii) contracting, trustee (receiver) being appointed, lease, shareholding restructuring, decrease of its registered capital, investment, joint operation, mergers and acquisitions, acquisition and restructuring, division, joint venture, shares transfer, substantial increase of debt financing, applying for (or subject to an application for) temporary cessation of operation or dissolution, revocation, applying for (or subject to an application for) bankruptcy, change of controlling shareholders/actual controllers, transfer of material assets, transfer of assets at a low price or for free, relieving or waiving any debt of a third party; failure to exercise its creditor’s rights or any other rights, suspension of production or operation, significant penalty imposed by regulatory authorities, cancellation of registration, revocation of business license, involvement in material legal proceedings, severe deterioration in operation and financial condition, deterioration of credit standing, legal representative/principal officer’s inability to perform their duties, which may adversely impact its capability as a guarantor;

(iii) other events in which the guarantor has lost or may lose its capability as guarantor.

(6)          the occurrence of any of the following events on the mortgage or pledge which Party B believes may adversely impact its creditor’s rights:

(i) the mortgaged or pledged property is damaged, destroyed or its value is reduced as a result of a third-party’s action, expropriation, confiscation, eminent domain or redevelopment and relocation by the government, market change, or any other reason;

(ii) the mortgaged or pledged property has been seized, impounded, frozen, mandatorily debited, put on lien, sold by auction, subject to administration order by a government authority, or a dispute over the ownership of the mortgaged or pledged property occurs;

(iii) the mortgagor or pledgor breaches any provision of the mortgage/pledge contract, or any of the representations and warranties it has made proves to be false, wrong or incomplete;

18

(iv) other events that may adversely impact Party B’s ability to realize its mortgage or pledge.

(7) the security is not effected, becomes ineffective, invalid, or is rescinded or terminated, or the security provider defaults or repudiates its obligations expressly or by conduct, or the security provider has lost its capability to perform its obligations as a security provider in whole or in part, or the value of the collateral is reduced, which Party B believes may adversely impact its creditor’s rights; or

(8) other events which Party B believes may adversely impact its creditor’s rights.

10.4 Party B’s Remedy

Upon occurrence of any event under Article 10.2 or 10.3, Party B may exercise one or more of the following rights:

(1) to stop advancing the Loan;

(2) to request for more conditions precedent for loan advance and payment;

(3) to change the means of payment of loan in accordance with this Contract;

(4) to declare the Loan immediately due and payable, and request Party A to repay immediately all the due and undue principal, interest and fees;

(5) if Party A fails to make any drawdown in accordance with the Contract, Party B may hold Party A liable to pay a penalty equal to 0 % of the Loan proceeds not drawn and may reject Party A’s request for drawing such Loan;

(6) if Party A utilizes any part of the Loan for any purpose other than as provided herein, interest on the misappropriated amount shall be calculated and compounded for the period from the date of the misappropriation to the date when all the principal and interest have been fully paid in accordance with the relevant default interest rate and the interest settlement method as provided herein;

(7) if any principal is overdue, the interest on such principal and on any overdue interest (including whole or part of the principal and interest which have been accelerated), shall be calculated and compounded for the period from the first date such principal becomes overdue to the date when all the principal and interest have been fully paid, in accordance with the relevant default interest rate and the interest settlement method as provided herein;

“Overdue” herein means that Party A fails to repay the Loan on the repayment date or, in case of repayment in installments, fails to repay the relevant installments in accordance with the repayment schedule as provided herein.

Before any principal is overdue, the overdue interest shall be compounded in accordance with the interest rate and the interest settlement method as provided herein;

19

(8) other remedies, including but not limited to:

(i) to debit Party A’s accounts at China Construction Bank in RMB or other currencies with corresponding amount without prior notice to Party A;

(ii) to exercise its rights under the security interest;

(iii) to request Party A to provide new security satisfactory to Party B for all the debts of Party A hereunder;

(iv) to decline Party A’s request to dispose of its deposits of corresponding amount, within any account opened with any branch of China Construction Bank (including without limitation the account to collect sale proceeds);

(v) to terminate the Contract.

11. MISCELLANEOUS

11.1       Cost Allocation

(1) all costs and expenses incurred as a result of Party A’s breach of any provision in this Contract, including without limitation court fees, arbitration fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, enforcement expenses, valuation/appraisal fees, auction fees, notary fees, service fees, public announcement costs, legal fees, shall be borne by Party A.

(2) in respect of other fees the parties agree as follows:

11.2 Use of Party A’s Information

Party A agrees that Party B is entitled to inquire about Party A’s creditworthiness with the Credit Database or relevant authorities established or approved by the People’s Bank of China and the Credit Reference Agency, and that Party B is entitled to provide Party A’s information to such Credit Database. Party A further agrees that Party B may reasonably use and disclose Party A’s information for business purpose.

11.3 Collection by Public Announcement

In the event that Party A fails to repay on time any principal or interest or breaches any other contractual obligations hereunder, Party B is entitled to report to relevant authorities and demand repayments by means of public announcement via press.

11.4 Party B’s Record as Evidence

Unless there is reliable and definitive evidence to the contrary, Party B’s internal records of principal, interest, expenses and repayment, receipts, vouchers made or retained by Party B during the course of drawdown, repayment and interest payment, and records and vouchers relating to the collections by Party B shall constitute valid evidence of the creditor-debtor relationship between the two parties. Party A shall not raise any objection merely because the above records, receipts, vouchers are made or retained by Party B.

20

11.5 No Waivers

Party B’s rights hereunder shall not prejudice or exclude any other rights Party B is entitled to under applicable laws, regulations and other contracts. No forbearance, extension of time limit, preferential treatment or delay in exercising any right hereunder shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of rights and interests hereunder or permit or recognition of any breach of the Contract. Nor shall it restrict, prevent or interfere with the continuous exercise of such right at a later time or any other right, nor shall the foregoing cause Party B to be liable in any way to the Borrower.

11.6 If Party A owes Party B any other due and payable debts in addition to the debts hereunder, Party B may debit any of Party A’s account at China Construction Bank in RMB or other currencies and may choose to repay any of the due and payable debts in the order it deems appropriate. Party A agrees not to raise any objection with respect thereto.

11.7 In the event of any change to the address or other contact information, Party A shall promptly notify Party B of such change in writing. Party A shall be liable for any loss caused by its failure of giving prompt notice of such change.

11.8 Direct Debit Right

Party B is entitled to debit, without prior notice to Party A, any account of Party A at China Construction Bank in RMB or other currencies to pay all amounts payable under the Contract. Party A shall assist Party B to complete any procedures for foreign exchange settlement or sale, and Party A shall bear the risk of exchange rate fluctuation.

11.9 Dispute Resolution

Any dispute arising from the performance of the Contract may be settled by consultation. If the dispute cannot be resolved through consultation, such dispute shall be submitted to (1) [please select from below]:

(1)	the People’s court within the jurisdiction where Party B is located.
(2)	[name of the arbitration committee] for arbitration at ____ [place of arbitration] in accordance with the then prevailing arbitration rules. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on both Party A and Party B.

The undisputed provisions shall remain enforceable during the process of litigation or arbitration.

21

11.10 Effectiveness of the Contract

The Contract shall become effective upon:

(1)	execution by the legal representative/(principal officer) or authorized representative of Party A and being affixed with the company chop of Party A; and
(2)	execution by the principal officer or authorized representative of Party B and being affixed with the company chop of Party B. All Schedules of this Contract shall constitute integral parts of this Contract and shall be equally binding.

11.11	The Contract shall be executed in _______ counterparts.
11.12	Other Provisions:

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

12. REPRESENTATIONS

12.1 Party A clearly understands the business scope and authorization limit of Party B.

12.2 Party A has read the Contract. Party B, at Party A’s request, has explained the terms of the Contract, and Party A fully understands their meanings and corresponding legal consequences.

12.3 The execution and performance of the Contract by Party A is in compliance with laws, administrative regulations, rules and Party A’s articles of association (or its other internal constitutional documents) and has been approved by its internal competent organization and/or the competent governmental authorities.

12.4 Party A carries out production and operation in compliance with laws and regulations.

12.5 Party A has the capability to keep its business going and has the legitimate sources to repay the loan.

12.6 Party A warrants that the loan amount requested under this Contract is no more than necessary to meet the real needs of Party A for the purposes specified herein.

12.7 Both Party A and its controlling shareholder have good financial standing and have no record of gross misconducts.

12.8 Party A agrees that Party B has the right to instruct other branches of China Construction Bank to advance loan under this Contract and to exercise or perform the rights and obligations hereunder.

12.9 Party A represents that, at the time of execution of this Contract, there exists no action or event that violates any applicable laws, regulations or rules in relation to environmental protection, energy saving and emission/pollution reduction (the “Environmental Laws”). Party A further warrants that it shall strictly comply with such Environmental Law after the execution of this Contract. If any of the above representations or warranties is untrue, or Party A defaults on any of the above undertakings, or there is any potential risk of energy dissipation or pollution by Party A, Party B is entitled to stop advancing loans, to declare an acceleration of the principal and interest not yet due hereunder, or adopt other remedial measures provided hereunder or permitted by laws.

22

Party A (Company Chop)

By the legal representative (principal officer) or authorized representative:

Signature: __________________________

Date:

Party B (Company Chop)

By the principal officer or authorized representative:

Signature: __________________________

Date:

23

Schedule 1

Loan Information

1. Specific purposes of the loan:

This Loan is used for company’s daily operation expense, including material purchase payment and employee’s salary.

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

Party A shall not change the purpose of the loan without Party B’s written consent.

2. Sources of funds for loan repayment:

Company’s proceeds of sales.

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

 Party A guarantees the truthfulness and legality of such sources of funds and the steadiness and adequacy of cash flows of such sources.

3. Miscellaneous

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

24

Schedule 2

Mandatory Financial Indicators

The Financial indicators of Party A shall on a continuous basis meet the following requirements:

Maximum Monthly Capital/Debt                65%

Minimum Current Ratio:                100%

Minimum liquidity Ratio:                60%

Maximum contingency liability/Capital                30%

Maximum accumulated long term investment/Capital                30%

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

Party B has the right to change unilaterally such requirements as to mandatory indicators provided that FIVE working-day advanced notice is issued to Party A.

25

Schedule 3

Schedule for Loan Drawdown

Contract Number
Date of Drawdown
No.	Proposed Purpose	Proposed Payment Amount	Proposed Recipient (if any)	Notes
1
2
… …
Total	RMB  (CAPITALIZE WORDS)
Name of the Borrower (company seal):

26

Schedule 4

Consolidated report on payment at Party A’s initiative

Contract Number
Date of Delivery
NO.	Actual purpose of the Loan	Recipient	Amount	Evidencing Materials	Whether or not in compliance with the  purpose specified in this Contract
1
2
……
total	RMB (CAPITALIZE WORDS)
Name of the Borrower (company seal):
Internal review	Relationship Manager (signature):
	Officer in charge of reviewing loan advances and payments (signature):

27

Schedule A to Form of USD Trust Receipt Loan Agreement

Loan Commencement Date	Loan Expiration Date	Loan Amount	Loan Rate	Drawdown Schedule	Schedule for Repayment
November 26, 2014	February 17, 2015	370,209 USD	A fixed interest rate of 1.4157%, equal to LIBOR plus 180 basis points and 135 basis points of service charge	Option 1: On November 26, 2014 for 370,209 USD	Option 1: On February 27, 2015 in the amount of 370,209 USD
December 2, 2014	March 2, 2015	205,103 USD	A fixed interest rate of 1.7336%, equal to LIBOR plus 180 basis points and 135 basis points of service charge	Option 1: On December 2 2014 for 205,103 USD	Option 1: On March 2, 2015 in the amount of 205,103 USD
December 22, 2014	March 20, 2015	488,783 USD	A fixed interest rate of 2.4200%, equal to LIBOR plus 180 basis points and 135 basis points of service charge	Option 1: On December 22, 2014 for 488,783 USD	Option 1: On March 20, 2015 in the amount of 488,783 USD

28

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have issued our report dated March 5, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements included in the Annual Report of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014. We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said report in the Registration Statement of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. on Form S-8 (File No. 333-192407), effective November 19, 2013.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP                

Houston, TX

March 5, 2015

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 5, 2015

/s/ Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin

Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin

President, Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Stefan J. Murry, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 5, 2015

/s/ Stefan J. Murry

Stefan J. Murry

Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to the requirement set forth in Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the U.S. Code (18 U.S.C. § 1350), Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin, President and Chief Executive Officer of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. (the “Company”), and Stefan J. Murry, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies that, to the best of his knowledge:

1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2014, to which this Certification is attached as Exhibit 32.1 (the “Annual Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

2. The information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

In Witness Whereof, the undersigned have set their hands hereto as of the 3rd day of March 5, 2015.

/s/ Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin	/s/ Stefan J. Murry
Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin	Stefan J. Murry
President and Chief Executive Officer	Chief Financial Officer

This certification accompanies the Annual Report to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Annual Report), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

XML

K. OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Other income (expense)

Schedule of other income and expense

	2014			2013			2012
	(in thousands)
Unrealized foreign exchange gain (loss)	$	(1,299	)	$	(342	)	$	217
Realized foreign exchange gain (loss)		297			(70	)		(79	)
Government subsidy income		271			322			92
Other non-operating gain (loss)		44			4			38
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets		(12	)		8			(37	)
	$	(699	)	$	(78)		$	231

XML

F. Intangible Assets (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Gross Amount	$ 4,982	$ 1,642
Accumulated amortization	(1,149)	(791)
Intangible assets, net	3,833	851
Patents [Member]
Gross Amount	4,968	1,632
Accumulated amortization	(1,141)	(784)
Intangible assets, net	3,827	848
Trademarks [Member]
Gross Amount	14	10
Accumulated amortization	(8)	(7)
Intangible assets, net	$ 6	$ 3

XML

C. Earnings Per Share (Details-Calculation EPS) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Net income (loss)	$ 702	$ 1,577	$ 1,919	$ 85	$ (520)	$ 390	$ (282)	$ (994)	$ 4,283	$ (1,406)	$ (945)
Basic									14,307,477	9,964,955	265,576
Effective of dilutive options and warrants									880,000	0	0
Diluted									15,186,961	9,964,955	265,576
Net income (loss) per share
Basic	$ 0.05	$ 0.11	$ 0.13	$ 0.01	$ (0.04)	$ 0.04	$ (1.04)	$ (3.74)	$ 0.30	$ (0.14)	$ (3.56)
Diluted	$ 0.05	$ 0.10	$ 0.12	$ 0.01	$ (0.04)	$ 0.04	$ (1.04)	$ (3.74)	$ 0.28	$ (0.14)	$ (3.56)

XML

M. Share-Based Compensation (Details-Option Activity) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Number of Shares
Outstanding, ending balance	1,423,000
Employee Stock Options
Number of Shares
Outstanding, beginning balance	1,468,000	419,000	377,000
Granted	108,000	1,099,000	88,000
Exercised	(103,000)	(29,000)	(1,000)
Forfeited	(49,000)	(16,000)	(19,000)
Expired	(1,000)	(5,000)	(26,000)
Outstanding, ending balance	1,423,000	1,468,000	419,000
Exericsable, ending balance	537,000
Vested and expected to vest	1,397,000
Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding, beginning balance	$ 8.38	$ 5.94	$ 5.88
Granted	$ 13.84	$ 9.21	$ 6.00
Exercised	$ 6.22	$ 5.87	$ 6.29
Forfeited	$ 8.23	$ 7.10	$ 6.00
Expired	$ 6.21	$ 5.99	$ 5.30
Outstanding, ending balance	$ 8.96	$ 8.38	$ 5.94
Exericsable, ending balance	$ 7.68
Vested and expected to vest	$ 8.94
Weighted Average Fair Value
Outstanding, beginning balance	$ 4.17
Granted	$ 7.24
Exercised	$ 2.57
Forfeited	$ 5.43
Expired	$ 2.21
Outstanding, ending balance	$ 4.48	$ 4.17
Exericsable, ending balance	$ 3.24
Vested and expected to vest	$ 4.46
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life
Outstanding, ending balance	8 years 1 month 5 days
Exericsable, ending balance	7 years 3 months 25 days
Vested and expected to vest	8 years 1 month 1 day
Granted	$ 0
Exercised	1,476	178	(4)
Forfeited	628
Expired	11
Aggregate intrinsic value, outstanding	3,489	9,731
Exericsable, ending balance	1,899
Vested and expected to vest	$ 3,444

XML

F. Intangible Assets (Details-Amortization Schedule) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
2015	$ 356
2016	356
2017	356
2018	356
2019	356
Thereafter	2,053
Amortization expense for intangible assets	$ 3,833	$ 851

XML

O. Segment and Geographic Information (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Revenues	$ 36,391	$ 36,549	$ 32,650	$ 24,859	$ 23,744	$ 20,766	$ 19,597	$ 14,317	$ 130,449	$ 78,424	$ 63,421
CATV markets [Member]
Revenues									47,400	47,400
Concentration percentage									36.60%	60.40%
Internet data center [Member]
Revenues									64,500	19,400
Concentration percentage									49.40%	24.70%
FTTH markets [Member]
Revenues									13,600	4,400
Concentration percentage									10.40%	5.60%
Other markets [Member]
Revenues									$ 500	$ 7,300
Concentration percentage									3.90%	9.30%

XML

B. Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Details - Property, Plant and Equipment)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014
Buildings [Member] | Minimum
Estimated useful lives	20 years
Buildings [Member] | Maximum
Estimated useful lives	40 years
Land Improvements [Member]
Estimated useful lives	10 years
Machinery and equipment [Member] | Minimum
Estimated useful lives	3 years
Machinery and equipment [Member] | Maximum
Estimated useful lives	20 years
Furniture and fixtures [Member] | Minimum
Estimated useful lives	1 year
Furniture and fixtures [Member] | Maximum
Estimated useful lives	8 years
Computer equipment and software [Member] | Minimum
Estimated useful lives	3 years
Computer equipment and software [Member] | Maximum
Estimated useful lives	7 years
Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Property, plant and equipment useful lives	The shorter of the life of the applicable lease or the useful life of the improvement
Transportation equipment [Member]
Estimated useful lives	5 years

XML

D. INVENTORIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of inventories

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, inventories consisted of the following:

	2014		2013
	(in thousands)
Raw materials	$	16,243	$	8,832
Work in process		13,379		8,708
Finished goods		4,158		2,068
	$	33,780	$	19,608

XML

P. Major Customers (Details Narrative)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Sales Revenue, Segment [Member] | Ten Customers
Concentration risk	87.20%	76.90%	77.60%
Sales Revenue, Segment [Member] | Cisco Systems, Inc. [Member]
Concentration risk	8.90%
Sales Revenue, Segment [Member] | Amazon [Member]
Concentration risk	45.80%
Sales Revenue, Segment [Member] | Biogenomics Corp [Member]
Concentration risk	6.20%
Accounts Receivable [Member] | Five Customers [Member]
Concentration risk	70.00%	66.00%

XML

M. Share-Based Compensation (Details-Assumptions) (Employee Stock Options)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Expected volatility	52.00%		70.00%
Risk-free interest rate	1.89%		1.01%
Expected term (years)	6 years 3 months	6 years 3 months	6 years 3 months
Expected dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Estimated forfeitures	7.50%	7.50%	7.50%
Minimum
Expected volatility		52.00%
Risk-free interest rate		0.96%
Maximum
Expected volatility		70.00%
Risk-free interest rate		2.97%

XML

G. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Details-Summary) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 32,175	$ 22,006
Restricted cash	509	775
Short term investments	8,189	7,970
Notes receivable	980
Total assets	41,853	30,751
Liabilities:
Bank acceptance payable	1,271	2,347
Total liabilities	1,271	2,347
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member]
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	32,175	22,006
Restricted cash	509	775
Short term investments	8,189	7,970
Notes receivable	0
Total assets	40,873	30,751
Liabilities:
Total liabilities	0	0
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Restricted cash	0	0
Short term investments	0	0
Notes receivable	980
Total assets	980	0
Liabilities:
Bank acceptance payable	1,271	2,347
Total liabilities	1,271	2,347
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member]
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Restricted cash	0	0
Short term investments	0	0
Notes receivable	0
Total assets	0	0
Liabilities:
Total liabilities	$ 0	$ 0

XML

M. Stock-Based Compensation (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014
Compensation cost on unvested options not yet recognized	$ 3,900
Compensation cost unrecognized weighted average period	2 years 7 months 10 days
Restricted Stock Units
Compensation cost on unvested options not yet recognized	100
Compensation cost unrecognized weighted average period	1 year 5 months 23 days
Aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding	$ 200

XML

R. Commitments And Contingencies (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
2015	$ 926
2016	860
2017	800
2018	882
2019	981
2020-2029	10,055
Total	$ 14,504

XML

O. Segment And Geographic Information (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Revenues	$ 36,391	$ 36,549	$ 32,650	$ 24,859	$ 23,744	$ 20,766	$ 19,597	$ 14,317	$ 130,449	$ 78,424	$ 63,421
Long-lived assets	69,571				32,944				69,571	32,944	26,280
United States
Revenues									30,723	14,705	12,192
Long-lived assets	15,875				9,415				15,875	9,415	8,966
Taiwan
Revenues									77,680	31,863	15,200
Long-lived assets	35,688				7,192				35,688	7,192	3,719
China
Revenues									22,046	31,856	36,029
Long-lived assets	$ 18,008				$ 16,337				$ 18,008	$ 16,337	$ 13,595

XML

M. Share-Based Compensation (Details-Options Summary) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014
Number of shares outstanding	1,423,000
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	8 years 1 month 5 days
Weighted average exercise price	$ 8.96
Number of shares exercisable	537,000
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	7 years 3 months 25 days
Weighted average exercise price	$ 7.68
$6.00 - $6.75
Number of shares outstanding	274,000
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	6 years 17 days
Weighted average exercise price	$ 6.00
Number of shares exercisable	243,000
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	5 years 10 months 27 days
Weighted average exercise price	$ 6.00
$6.76 - $8.25
Number of shares outstanding	298,000
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	8 years 16 days
Weighted average exercise price	$ 7.50
Number of shares exercisable	106,000
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	8 years 14 days
Weighted average exercise price	$ 7.50
$8.26 - $9.48
Number of shares outstanding	3,000
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	8 years 3 months 11 days
Weighted average exercise price	$ 9.00
Number of shares exercisable	1,000
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	8 years 3 months 11 days
Weighted average exercise price	$ 9.00
$9.49 - $11.55
Number of shares outstanding	747,000
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	8 years 8 months 25 days
Weighted average exercise price	$ 9.96
Number of shares exercisable	187,000
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	8 years 8 months 25 days
Weighted average exercise price	$ 9.96
$11.56 - $13.49
Number of shares outstanding	1,000
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	8 years 9 months 21 days
Weighted average exercise price	$ 13.13
Number of shares exercisable	0
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	8 years 9 months 21 days
Weighted average exercise price	$ 13.13
$13.50 - $13.84
Number of shares outstanding	100,000
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	9 years 29 days
Weighted average exercise price	$ 13.84
Number of shares exercisable	0
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	0 years
Weighted average exercise price	$ 0

XML

Q. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

On August 1, 2000, the Company established a 401(k) profit sharing plan covering employees meeting certain age and service requirements. The plan provides for discretionary Company contributions to be allocated based on the employee’s eligible contributions. The Company made a contribution of $0.2 million to the 401(k) plan for the year ended December 31, 2014, and no contributions for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Employees of Global participate in a state-mandated social security program in China. Under this program, pension costs are recorded on the basis of required monthly contributions to employees’ individual accounts during their service periods. Under the regulations of the People’s Republic of China, Global is required to make fixed contributions to a fund, which is under the administration of the local labor departments. Employees of AOI—Taiwan participates in a pension program under the Taiwan Labor Pension Act. Pension expense for Global was $390,000, $384,000 and $244,000 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Pension expense for AOI—Taiwan was $291,000, $203,000 and $168,000 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

XML

D. Inventory (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]
Raw materials	$ 16,243	$ 8,832
Work in process	13,379	8,708
Finished goods	4,158	2,068
Inventories	$ 33,780	$ 19,608

XML

O. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Revenue and asset information by geographic region

Long-lived assets in the tables below comprise only property, plant, equipment and intangible assets (in thousands):

	For the year ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Revenues:	(in thousands)
United States	$	30,723	$	14,705	$	12,192
Taiwan		77,680		31,863		15,200
China		22,046		31,856		36,029
	$	130,449	$	78,424	$	63,421

	As of December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Long-lived assets:	(in thousands)
United States	$	15,875	$	9,415	$	8,966
Taiwan		35,688		7,192		3,719
China		18,008		16,337		13,595
	$	69,571	$	32,944	$	26,280

XML

M. Share-Based Compensation (Details-Share-Based compensation by award type) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Total share-based compensation expense	$ 2,061	$ 1,069	$ 161
Employee Stock Options
Total share-based compensation expense	1,660	793	140
Restricted Stock Units
Total share-based compensation expense	385	220	0
Warrants
Total share-based compensation expense	$ 16	$ 56	$ 21

XML

H. NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of notes payable and long-term debt

Notes payable and long-term debt consisted of the following:

	December 31, 2013
	2014			2013
	(in thousands)
Term loan with a U.S. bank with monthly payments of principal and interest at prime plus 0.75% (floor rate: 4%), maturing November 15, 2014		–			3,076
Revolving line of credit with a U.S. bank up to $15,000 with interest at LIBOR plus 2.75%,  maturing July 15, 2017		15,000			7,000
Term loan with a U.S. bank with monthly payments of principal and interest at LIBOR plus 2.75%, maturing July 31, 2019		5,000			1,850
Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $12,100 with interest at 108% of China Prime rate which ranged from 6.48% in 2013		–			7,053
Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $3,250 with interest ranged from 0.73% to 1.73% with various maturity dates from February 2015 to March 2015		1,064			2,413
Revolving line of credit with a Taiwan bank up to $4,000 with interest at Taiwan Time Deposit Interest Rate Index plus 0.41% or LIBOR plus 1.28% maturing on May 24, 2015		3,536			3,795
Revolving line of credit with a Taiwan bank up to $4,000 with interest at Taiwan Time Deposit Interest Rate Index plus 0.41% or LIBOR plus 1.28% maturing on June 15, 2015		3,605			–
Note payable to a finance company due in monthly installments with 4.95% interest, maturing July 30, 2015		443			921
Total		28,648			26,108
Less current portion		(9,591	)		(17,185	)
Long term portion	$	19,057		$	8,923
Bank Acceptance Payable
Bank acceptance notes issued to vendors with a zero percent interest rate, a 30% guarantee deposit of $741, and maturity dates ranging from January 2015 to June 2015		1,271			2,347

Maturities of notes payable and long-term debt

Maturities of notes payable and long-term debt are as follows for the future years ending December 31(in thousands):

2015	$	9,591
2016		1,132
2017		16,132
2018		1,132
2019		661
Total outstanding	$	28,648

XML

E. Property, Plant and Equipment (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Property, plant and equipment, gross	$ 84,748	$ 58,407
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(32,412)	(28,145)
Property, plant and equipment	52,336	30,262
Construction in progress	11,371	139
Land	1,101	733
Property, plant and equipment, net	64,808	31,134
Land Improvements [Member]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	103	103
Building and improvements [Member]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	16,196	16,016
Machinery and equipment [Member]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	61,529	37,490
Furniture and fixtures [Member]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	1,938	1,047
Computer equipment and software [Member]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	4,712	3,563
Transportation equipment [Member]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	$ 270	$ 188

XML

L. Income Taxes (Details-Reconciliation) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended				12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Expected (benefit) taxes					$ 1,524	$ (467)	$ (293)
Non-deductible expenses					138	619	(760)
Foreign rate differences					295	0	0
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance					(1,729)	(7,533)	1,545
Section 382 limitation					0	7,423	0
Other					(29)	(42)	(492)
Tax expense	$ (12)	$ (77)	$ (85)	$ (25)	$ 199	$ 0	$ 0

XML

I. Short-Term Loan With Shareholders (Details Narrative)	Dec. 31, 2013
I. Short-term Loan With Shareholders
Warrants exercised	64,219

XML

B. Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 32,175	$ 22,006	$ 10,723	$ 1,767
Cash in excess of FDIC insurance	25,400
Accrued warranty	247	0
Advertising Costs	100	121	80
Foreign Accounts
Cash and cash equivalents	4,600	6,600
Taiwan
Restricted cash	500	800
Certificates of deposit	8,200
Pledged certificate of deposit for line of credit	$ 8,200

XML

A. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. (“AOI” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Texas on February 28, 1997. The Company is a leading, vertically integrated provider of fiber-optic networking products, primarily for three networking end-markets: cable television, fiber-to-the-home and internet data centers. The Company designs and manufactures a range of optical communications products at varying levels of integration, from components, subassemblies and modules to complete turn-key equipment.

Prime World International Holdings, Ltd. (“Prime World”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands on January 13, 2006. Prime World is the parent company of Global Technology, Inc. (“Global”). Global was established in June 2002 in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) and was acquired by Prime World on March 30, 2006. The Company also operates a division, AOI—Taiwan, which is qualified to do business in Taiwan and primarily manufactures transceivers and performs research and development activities.

XML

J. Accrued Liabilities (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Payables and Accruals [Abstract]
Accrued payroll	$ 3,662	$ 2,279
Accrued employee benefits	808	489
Accrued income taxes	52	0
Accrued state and local taxes	330	270
Advance payments	528	128
Accrued product warranty	247	0
Accrued other	1,313	1,349
Total accrued liabilities	$ 6,940	$ 4,515

XML

R. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Minimum rental commitments under noncancellable leases

At December 31, 2014, the approximate minimum rental commitments under noncancellable leases in excess of one year that expire at varying dates through 2029 were as follows:

Year ending December 31,	Amount
	(in thousands)
2015	$	926
2016		860
2017		800
2018		882
2019		981
2020-2029		10,055
	$	14,504

XML

U. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following tables set forth a summary of the Company’s quarterly financial information for each of the four quarters for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

	First			Second			Third			Fourth
Year ended December 31, 2014	Quarter			Quarter			Quarter			Quarter
Revenue	$	24,859		$	32,650		$	36,549		$	36,391
Cost of goods sold		16,206			21,462			24,403			24,132
Gross profit	$	8,653		$	11,188		$	12,146		$	12,259
Gross margin		34.8%			34.3%			33.2%			33.7%
Operating expenses:
Research and development	$	3,546		$	4,009		$	4,194		$	4,221
Sales and marketing		1,333			1,497			1,622			1,591
General and administrative		3,554			3,952			4,458			5,131
Total operating expenses	$	8,433		$	9,458		$	10,274		$	10,943
Income from operations	$	220		$	1,730		$	1,872		$	1,316
Interest and other income (expense), net		(110	)		274			(218	)		(602	)
Net income before taxes	$	110		$	2,004		$	1,654		$	714
Income taxes		(25	)		(85	)		(77	)		(12	)
Net income	$	85		$	1,919		$	1,577		$	702
Net income per share—basic	$	0.01		$	0.13		$	0.11		$	0.05
Net income per share—diluted	$	0.01		$	0.12		$	0.10		$	0.05

	First			Second			Third			Fourth
Year ended December 31, 2013	Quarter			Quarter			Quarter			Quarter
Revenue	$	14,317		$	19,597		$	20,766		$	23,744
Cost of goods sold		9,732			14,150			14,445			17,068
Gross profit	$	4,585		$	5,447		$	6,321		$	6,676
Gross margin		32.0%			27.8%			30.4%			28.1%
Operating expenses:
Research and development	$	2,004		$	1,898		$	2,211		$	2,400
Sales and marketing		907			1,053			1,034			1,198
General and administrative		2,374			2,447			2,436			3,375
Total operating expenses	$	5,285		$	5,398		$	5,681		$	6,973
Income (loss) from operations	$	(700	)	$	49		$	640		$	(297	)
Interest and other income (expense), net		(294	)		(331	)		(250	)		(223	)
Net income (loss)	$	(994	)	$	(282	)	$	390		$	(520	)
Net income (loss) per share—basic	$	(3.74	)	$	(1.04	)	$	0.04		$	(0.04	)
Net income (loss) per share—diluted	$	(3.74	)	$	(1.04	)	$	0.04		$	(0.04	)

XML

T. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

We have evaluated subsequent events through the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

On January 6, 2015, the Company entered into a Credit Facility Agreement (the “Credit Facility”) with CTBC Bank Co. Ltd. in Taipei, Taiwan (the “Bank”) for 90,000,000.00 NTD (New Taiwan Dollars), one year revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the Credit Facility will be used for general corporate purposes. The Company’s obligations under the Credit Facility are unsecured. Borrowings under the Credit Facility will bear interest at a rate based on the Bank’s corporate interest rate swap index plus 1.5%, adjusted monthly. As of the execution of the Credit Facility the Bank’s corporate interest rate swap index is 0.91%. The Credit Facility contains representations and warranties, affirmative, restrictive and financial covenants, and events of default (applicable to the Company) which are customary for credit facilities of this type.

On January 26, 2015, the Company entered into a construction loan agreement with East West Bank for up to $22.0 million dollars to finance the construction of its campus expansion plan in Sugar Land, Texas. The loan will have a fifteen month draw down period with monthly interest payments commencing on February 26, 2015 and ending April 26, 2016. Thereafter, the entire outstanding principal balance shall be converted to a sixty-nine month term loan with principal and interest payments due monthly amortized over three hundred months. The first principal and interest payment is due on May 26, 2016 and will continue the same day of each month thereafter. The final principal and interest payment is due on January 26, 2022 and will include all unpaid principal and all accrued and unpaid interest. The Company may pay without penalty all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than due. Under the loan agreement, the loan bears interest, at an annual rate based on the one-month LIBOR Borrowing Rate plus 2.75%. In connection with the Company’s campus expansion plan, the Company finalized the terms of its construction agreement with Skanska USA Building Inc. on January 19, 2015.

XML

F. Intangible Assets (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Amortization expense for intangible assets	$ 356	$ 68	$ 60

XML

S. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related parties activities

	For the year ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
	(in thousands)
Interest expense	$	–	$	–	$	36
Consulting service fees		–		35		41

XML

B. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries and are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported. Actual results could differ from those estimates in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates and assumptions that impact these financial statements relate to, among other things, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserve, share-based compensation expense, estimated useful lives of property and equipment, and taxes.

Foreign Currency Translation

All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date. Revenue and expense accounts are translated at weighted-average rates for the reporting period. Translation adjustments do not impact the results of operations and are reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations.

Fair Value

The carrying value of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and note receivable approximate their historical fair values due to their short-term maturities. The carrying value of the debt approximates its fair value due to the short-term nature of the debt since it renews frequently at current interest rates. Management believes that the interest rates in effect at each year end represent the current market rates for similar borrowings.

The fair value measurement standard defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The standard characterizes inputs used in determining fair value according to a hierarchy that prioritized inputs based on the degree to which they are observable. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1—Inputs represent quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3—Inputs that are not observable from objective sources, such as management’s internally developed assumptions used in pricing an asset or liability.

Assets and liabilities that are required to be fair valued on a recurring basis include money market funds, marketable securities, equity instruments and contingent consideration.

Money market funds are valued with Level 1 inputs, using quoted market prices, and are included in cash and cash equivalents on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid securities with an original maturity of ninety days or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash in foreign accounts was approximately $4.6 million and $6.6 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents at U.S. financial institutions for which the combined account balances in individual institutions may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance coverage and, as a result, there is a concentration of credit risk related to amounts on deposit in excess of FDIC insurance coverage. As of December 31, 2014, approximately $25.4 million of U.S. deposits were not covered by FDIC insurance. The Company has not experienced any losses and believes it is not exposed to any significant risk with such accounts.

Restricted Cash/Compensating Balances

The Company is required to maintain a compensation deposit equal to 30% of its bank acceptance notes to vendors with a China bank. The Company’s Taiwan subsidiary also uses time deposits for customs guarantees. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amount of restricted cash was $0.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

Short-Term Investments

The Company invests its excess cash in bank certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2014, the Company invested $8.2 million in certificates of deposit in RMB currencies with Taiwan banks. The maturity dates range from 6 months to 12 months.

The Company arranged a revolving line of credit agreement with the same Taiwan bank by pledging 100% of its certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2014, the pledged certificate of deposit for such arrangement amount is $8.2 million.

Accounts Receivable/Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company carries its accounts receivable at the net amount that it estimates to be collectible. An allowance for uncollectable accounts is maintained through a charge against operations. The allowance is determined by management review of outstanding amounts per customer, historical payments and the aging of accounts.

Bank Acceptance Receivable

The Company carries its bank acceptance receivables at face value or discounted value if they are not interest bearing. The maturity date of the receivables are all within one year of the original issuance date and are carried at face value.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

10. Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk include cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company places all cash and cash equivalents with high-credit quality financial institutions.

The Company performs ongoing credit valuations of its customers’ financial condition whenever deemed necessary and generally does not require deposits or collateral to support customer receivables. The historical amount of losses on uncollectible accounts has been within the Company’s estimates. The Company generates much of its revenue from a limited number of customers. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, its top ten customers represented 87.2%, 76.9% and 77.6% of its revenue, respectively. In 2014, Amazon represented 45.8% of its revenue, Cisco Systems, Inc. represented 8.9% of its revenue and a leading internet service provider represented 6.7% of its total revenue. The five largest receivable balances for customers represented an aggregate of 70%, and 66% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (average-cost method) or market. Work in process and finished goods includes materials, labor and allocated overhead. The Company assesses the valuation of its inventory on a periodic basis and provides write-offs for the value of estimated excess and obsolete inventory based on estimates of future demand.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company calculates depreciation using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

	Useful lives
Buildings	20 - 40 years
Land improvements	10 years
Machinery and equipment	3 - 20 years
Furniture and fixtures	1 - 8 years
Computer equipment and software	3 - 7 years
Leasehold improvements	The shorter of the life of the applicable lease or the useful life of the improvement
Transportation equipment	5 years

Major improvements are capitalized and expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Construction in progress represents property, plant and equipment under construction or being installed. Costs include original cost, installation, construction and other direct costs which include interest on borrowings used to finance the asset. Construction in progress is transferred to the appropriate fixed asset account and depreciation commences when the asset has been substantially completed and placed in service.

Land use rights allow the Company rights for 50 years to certain land in Ningbo, China on which the Company built a facility that included office space, manufacturing operations and employee dormitories. The land use rights are recorded at cost and are amortized on the straight-line basis over the useful life of the related contract. The land use rights expire on October 7, 2054.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of intellectual property that is stated at cost less accumulated amortization. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had 152 total patents issued. The costs incurred to obtain such patents have been capitalized and are being amortized over an estimated life of 20 years. The Company periodically evaluates its intangible assets to determine whether events or changes in circumstances indicate that a patent or trademark may not be applicable to the Company’s current products or is no longer in use. If such a determination is made, the intangible asset is impaired and the remaining value of the patent or trademark will be expensed at that time.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company accounts for impairment of long-lived assets in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360, Property, Plant and Equipment, (“ASC 360”). Long-lived assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment. In accordance with ASC 360, the Company periodically evaluates long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When triggering event indicators are present, the Company obtains appraisals on an asset by asset basis, and will recognize an impairment loss when the sum of the appraised values is less than the carrying amounts of such assets. The appraised values, based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections, require subjective judgments. Depending on the assumptions and estimates used, the appraised values projected in the evaluation of long-lived assets can vary within a range of outcomes. The appraisals consider the likelihood of possible outcomes in determining the best estimate for the value of the assets.

The measurement for such an impairment loss is then based on the fair value of the asset as determined by the appraisals.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

ASC 220, Comprehensive Income, (“ASC 220”) establishes rules for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. ASC 220 requires that unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s foreign currency translation adjustments be included in comprehensive income.

Share-based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Share-based compensation expense is recognized based on the estimated grant date fair value, net of an estimated forfeiture rate, in order to recognize compensation cost for those shares expected to vest. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the options.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives revenue from the manufacture and sale of fiber optic networking products. Revenue recognition follows the criteria of ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. Specifically, the Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence exists of an arrangement with a customer, usually in the form of a customer purchase order; performance obligations have been satisfied; title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer; the price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company may offer units (samples) to current and potential customers at no charge for evaluation or qualification purposes. Such sample units are expensed as selling or research and development costs when shipped.

Product Warranty

19 Product Warranty

The Company generally offers a one-year limited warranty for its products but it can extend for longer periods of three to five years for certain products sold to certain customers. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty and records a liability for the amount of such costs at the time when product defective occurs. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims and cost to repair. While we believe that our warranty accrual is adequate, our actual warranty costs may exceed the accrual, cost of sales will increase in the future. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amount of accrued warranty was $247,000 and $0, respectively. 

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred and amounted to approximately $100,000, $121,000 and $80,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are charged to operations as incurred. The Company receives reimbursement for certain development costs, which are capitalized when incurred, up to the reimbursable amount.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes. The liability method is used to account for deferred income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The ability to realize deferred tax assets is evaluated annually and a valuation allowance is provided if it is unlikely that the deferred tax assets will not give rise to future benefits in our tax returns

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) it determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, it recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits on the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheet.

New Accounting Standards Adopted in this Report

23. New Accounting Standards Adopted in this Report

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). The standard provides companies with a single model for use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific revenue guidance. The core principle of the model is to recognize revenue when control of the goods or services transfers to the customer, as opposed to recognizing revenue when the risks and rewards transfer to the customer under the existing revenue guidance. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The guidance permits companies to either apply the requirements retrospectively to all prior periods presented, or apply the requirements in the year of adoption, through a cumulative adjustment. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

Reverse Stock Split

24. Reverse Stock Split

In May 1, 2013, the Company’s board of directors approved, and holders of the requisite number of outstanding shares of our capital stock approved on May 21, 2013, an amendment to our certificate of incorporation to effect a reverse stock split with respect to our securities. Based on the prior board and stockholder approvals, on August 16, 2013 the Company’s board of directors determined that the ratio for the reverse stock split would be 30-to-one. The reverse stock split was effected on August 20, 2013, the date that the amendment to our certificate of incorporation was filed with the Delaware Secretary of State. The reverse stock split is reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes on a retroactive basis for all periods presented.

XML

B. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company calculates depreciation using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

	Useful lives
Buildings	20 - 40 years
Land improvements	10 years
Machinery and equipment	3 - 20 years
Furniture and fixtures	1 - 8 years
Computer equipment and software	3 - 7 years
Leasehold improvements	The shorter of the life of the applicable lease or the useful life of the improvement
Transportation equipment	5 years

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$ 4,283	$ (1,406)	$ (945)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Provision for obsolete inventory	941	492	858
Depreciation and amortization	6,169	3,407	2,942
Loss on disposal of assets	12	1	36
Share-based compensation and warrant expense	2,061	1,069	161
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	(9,703)	(8,457)	(1,158)
Bank acceptance receivable	(977)	1,036	(1,034)
Inventory	(16,105)	(7,520)	(538)
Other current assets	(745)	(4,622)	(261)
Accounts payable	18,758	8,079	(961)
Accrued liabilities	2,548	1,369	542
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	7,242	(6,552)	(358)
Investing activities:
Purchase of short-term investments	(246)	(7,970)	0
Purchase of property, plant and equipment	(41,129)	(9,600)	(3,178)
Proceeds from disposal of equipment	47	0	138
Deposits and deferred charges	(720)	(43)	(41)
Purchase of intangible assets	(3,340)	(123)	(209)
Net cash used in investing activities	(45,388)	(17,736)	(3,290)
Financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of notes payable and long-term debt	8,150	2,851	845
Principal payments of long-term debt and notes payable	(8,076)	(285)	(707)
Proceeds from line of credit borrowings	53,658	23,192	15,560
Repayments of line of credit borrowings	(50,733)	(23,008)	(13,692)
Proceeds from bank acceptance payable	5,925	6,778	3,746
Repayments of bank acceptance payable	(6,986)	(6,026)	(2,894)
Repayments of note payable	(1,000)	0	0
Repayments of shareholder loans	0	0	(150)
Decrease (increase) in restricted cash	266	(249)	(193)
Exercise of stock options	365	173	5
Exercise of warrants	0	494	0
Proceeds from common stock offering, net	45,681	31,448	0
Issuance of preferred stock, net	0	0	10,234
Net cash provided by financing activities	47,250	35,368	12,754
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	1,065	203	(150)
Net increase in cash	10,169	11,283	8,956
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	22,006	10,723	1,767
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	32,175	22,006	10,723
Cash paid for:
Interest	329	1,133	1,469
Income taxes	148	1	0
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Purchase of intangible assets with notes payable	3,000	0	0
Conversion of shareholders' loan to preferred stock	$ 0	$ 0	$ 760

XML

C. EARNINGS PER SHARE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Computation of basic and diluted net loss per share

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS:

	Year ended December 31,
	2014		2013			2012
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Numerator:
Net income (loss)	$	4,283	$	(1,406	)	$	(945	)
Denominator:
Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share
Basic		14,307		9,965			266
Effective of dilutive options and warrants		880		–			–
Diluted		15,187		9,965			266
Net income (loss) per share
Basic	$	0.30	$	(0.14	)	$	(3.56	)
Diluted	$	0.28	$	(0.14	)	$	(3.56	)

Schedule of potentially dilutive securites

The following potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as their effect would have been antidilutive:

	2014		2013		2012
			(in thousands)
Employee stock options		–		595		419
Preferred stock warrants		–		33		96
Restricted stock units		–		33		–
		–		661		515

XML

S. Related Party Transactions (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Related Party Transactions [Abstract]
Interest expense	$ 0	$ 0	$ 36
Consulting service fees	$ 0	$ 35	$ 41

XML

L. INCOME TAXES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income or loss from operations before income taxes

The sources of our income or loss from operations before income taxes were as follows:

	Year ended December 31,
	2014		2013			2012
	(in thousands)
Domestic	$	1,226	$	(684	)	$	(3,077	)
Foreign (loss) income		3,256		(722	)		2,132
Total income (loss)	$	4,482	$	(1,406	)	$	(945	)

Net deferred tax assets and liabilities

At December 31, the net deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following approximate amounts:

	2014			2013
	(in thousands)
NOL carryforward	$	12,266		$	14,908
Inventory reserves		676			489
AMT credit		224			–
Unrealized gains and losses		470			–
Stock compensation		550			624
Fixed assets and intangibles		(1,537	)		(1,631	)
Impairment loss		–			(615	)
Other		25			335
		12,674			14,110
Less valuation allowance		(12,674	)		(14,110	)
Deferred tax assets, net	$	–		$	–

Provision for income tax expense

The provision for income tax expense for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

	2014		2013		2012
Current:	(in thousands)
Federal	$	193	$	–	$	–
State		6		–		–
Foreign		–		–		–
Total	$	199	$	–	$	–
Deferred:
Federal	$	–	$	–	$	–
State		–		–		–
Foreign		–		–		–
Total	$	–	$	–	$	–
Income tax expense	$	199	$	–	$	–

Reconciliation of the U.S. federal income tax rate

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% for the years ended December 31, to the Company’s effective income tax rate follows:

	2014			2013			2012
	(in thousands)
Expected (benefit) taxes	$	1,524		$	(467	)	$	(293	)
Non-deductible expenses		138			619			(760	)
Foreign rate differences		295			–			–
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance		(1,729	)		(7,533	)		1,545
Section 382 limitation		–			7,423			–
Other		(29	)		(42	)		(492	)
Tax expense	$	199		$	–		$	–

Unrecognized tax benefit

The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits:

	2014			2013		2012
(in thousands)
Unrecognized tax benefits — January 1	$	2,200		$	0	$	0
Gross increases — tax positions in prior period		1,659			2,200		–
Gross decreases — tax positions in prior period		(2,200	)		–		–
Gross increases — tax positions in current period		–			–		–
Settlements		–			–		–
Lapse of statute of limitations		–			–		–
Unrecognized tax benefits — December 31	$	1,659		$	2,200	$	0

XML

E. Property, Plant and Equipment (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]
Depreciation expense	$ 5,800	$ 3,300	$ 2,900

XML

M. Share-Based Compensation (Details-Restricted Stock Units) (Restricted Stock Units, USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Restricted Stock Units
Number of shares
Outstanding, beginning balance	33,000	0
Granted	25,000	33,000
Exercised/Released	(33,000)	0
Cancelled/Forfeited	(4,000)	0
Outstanding, ending balance	21,000	33,000
Weighted Average Fair Value
Outstanding, beginning balance	$ 10.00	$ 0
Granted	$ 18.45	$ 10.00
Exercised/Released	$ 10.57
Cancelled/Forfeited	$ 18.20
Outstanding, ending balance	$ 18.22	$ 10.00

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 32,175	$ 22,006
Restricted cash	509	775
Short-term investments	8,189	7,970
Accounts receivable - trade, net of allowance of $43 and $42, respectively	31,589	22,089
Inventories	33,780	19,608
Notes receivable	980	0
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	6,017	5,488
Total current assets	113,239	77,936
Property, plant and equipment, net of $32,412 and $28,145, respectively	64,808	31,134
Land use rights, net	930	959
Intangible assets, net	3,833	851
Other assets, net	860	177
TOTAL ASSETS	183,670	111,057
Current liabilities
Current portion of notes payable and long-term debt	9,591	17,185
Accounts payable	30,799	15,010
Bank acceptance payable	1,271	2,347
Accrued liabilities	6,940	4,515
Total current liabilities	48,601	39,057
Notes payable and long-term debt, less current portion	19,057	8,923
Other long-term liabilities	1,000	0
TOTAL LIABILITIES	68,658	47,980
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
Preferred Stock; 5,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 or 2013, respectively, $0.001 par value	0	0
Common Stock; 45,000 shares authorized; 14,824 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014, $0.001 par value; 12,644 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013, $0.001 par value	15	13
Additional paid-in capital	192,112	144,023
Accumulated other comprehensive gain	1,925	2,364
Accumulated deficit	(79,040)	(83,323)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY	115,012	63,077
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY	$ 183,670	$ 111,057

XML

U. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

The following tables set forth a summary of the Company’s quarterly financial information for each of the four quarters for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

	First			Second			Third			Fourth
Year ended December 31, 2014	Quarter			Quarter			Quarter			Quarter
Revenue	$	24,859		$	32,650		$	36,549		$	36,391
Cost of goods sold		16,206			21,462			24,403			24,132
Gross profit	$	8,653		$	11,188		$	12,146		$	12,259
Gross margin		34.8%			34.3%			33.2%			33.7%
Operating expenses:
Research and development	$	3,546		$	4,009		$	4,194		$	4,221
Sales and marketing		1,333			1,497			1,622			1,591
General and administrative		3,554			3,952			4,458			5,131
Total operating expenses	$	8,433		$	9,458		$	10,274		$	10,943
Income from operations	$	220		$	1,730		$	1,872		$	1,316
Interest and other income (expense), net		(110	)		274			(218	)		(602	)
Net income before taxes	$	110		$	2,004		$	1,654		$	714
Income taxes		(25	)		(85	)		(77	)		(12	)
Net income	$	85		$	1,919		$	1,577		$	702
Net income per share—basic	$	0.01		$	0.13		$	0.11		$	0.05
Net income per share—diluted	$	0.01		$	0.12		$	0.10		$	0.05

	First			Second			Third			Fourth
Year ended December 31, 2013	Quarter			Quarter			Quarter			Quarter
Revenue	$	14,317		$	19,597		$	20,766		$	23,744
Cost of goods sold		9,732			14,150			14,445			17,068
Gross profit	$	4,585		$	5,447		$	6,321		$	6,676
Gross margin		32.0%			27.8%			30.4%			28.1%
Operating expenses:
Research and development	$	2,004		$	1,898		$	2,211		$	2,400
Sales and marketing		907			1,053			1,034			1,198
General and administrative		2,374			2,447			2,436			3,375
Total operating expenses	$	5,285		$	5,398		$	5,681		$	6,973
Income (loss) from operations	$	(700	)	$	49		$	640		$	(297	)
Interest and other income (expense), net		(294	)		(331	)		(250	)		(223	)
Net income (loss)	$	(994	)	$	(282	)	$	390		$	(520	)
Net income (loss) per share—basic	$	(3.74	)	$	(1.04	)	$	0.04		$	(0.04	)
Net income (loss) per share—diluted	$	(3.74	)	$	(1.04	)	$	0.04		$	(0.04	)

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Foreign currency translation tax	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

H. Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt (Details-Maturities) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Maturities of notes payable and long-term debt
2015	$ 9,591
2016	1,132
2017	16,132
2018	1,132
2019	661
Total outstanding	$ 28,648	$ 26,108

XML

F. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Intangible assets

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, intangible assets consisted of the following:

	2014
	Gross Amount		Accumulated amortization			Intangible assets, net
	(in thousands)
Patents	$	4,968	$	(1,141	)	$	3,827
Trademarks		14		(8	)		6
Total intangible assets		4,982		(1,149	)		3,833

	2013
	Gross Amount		Accumulated amortization			Intangible assets, net
	(in thousands)
Patents	$	1,632	$	(784	)	$	848
Trademarks		10		(7	)		3
Total intangible assets		1,642		(791	)		851

Amortization expense for intangible assets

At December 31, 2014, approximate amortization expense for intangible assets was as follows (in thousands):

2015	$	356
2016		356
2017		356
2018		356
2019		356
thereafter		2,053
	$	3,833

XML

L. Income Taxes (Details-provision for income tax expense) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended				12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Current
Federal					$ 193	$ 0	$ 0
State					6	0	0
Foreign					0	0	0
Total					199	0	0
Deferred:
Federal					0	0	0
State					0	0	0
Foreign					0	0	0
Total					0	0	0
Income tax expense	$ (12)	$ (77)	$ (85)	$ (25)	$ 199	$ 0	$ 0

XML

N. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Equity [Abstract]

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Common Stock

The Company has authorized the issuance of up to 45,000,000 shares of common stock, all of which have been designated voting common stock, under its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company has authorized the issuance of up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock under the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Warrants

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had no outstanding warrants to purchase common or preferred stock.

Public Offerings of Common Stock

On September 25, 2013, our registration statement on Form S-1 for our initial public offering was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The offering commenced on September 26, and the Company sold 3.6 million shares of its common stock in its initial public offering at a price of $10.00 per share, providing proceeds of $31.5 million, net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions. The Company’s initial public offering closed on October 1, 2013.

On March 19, 2014, the Company sold 2.0 million shares of its common stock in a secondary offering at a price of $24.25 per share, providing proceeds of $45.7 million, net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions. The Company’s sale of 1.6 million shares in the secondary offering closed on March 25, 2014 and the Company’s sale of an additional 0.4 million shares as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares closed on March 28, 2014.

XML

G. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule of assets and liabilities at fair value

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

	Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Significant other observable remaining inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	32,175	$	–	$	–	$	32,175
Restricted cash		509		–		–		509
Short term investments		8,189		–		–		8,189
Notes receivable		–		980		–		980
Total assets	$	40,873	$	980	$	–	$	41,853
Liabilities:
Bank acceptance payable		–	$	1,271		–	$	1,271
Total liabilities	$	–	$	1,271	$	–	$	1,271

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Significant other observable remaining inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	22,006	$	–	$	–	$	22,006
Restricted cash		775		–		–		775
Short term investments		7,970		–		–		7,970
Total assets	$	30,751	$	–	$	–	$	30,751
Liabilities:
Bank acceptance payable		–	$	2,347		–	$	2,347
Total liabilities	$	–	$	2,347	$	–	$	2,347

XML

P. MAJOR CUSTOMERS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

P. Major Customers

MAJOR CUSTOMERS

The Company currently derives its revenues from customers in the United States and throughout the rest of the world. Generally, the Company does not require deposits or other collateral to support customer receivables. The Company performs an initial and periodic credit evaluation of its customers and maintains an allowance for uncollectible accounts for potential uncollectible accounts. The historical amount of losses on uncollectible accounts has been within the Company’s estimates. The Company generates much of its revenue from a limited number of customers. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, its top ten customers represented 87.2%, 76.9% and 77.6% of its revenue, respectively. In 2014, Amazon represented 45.8% of its revenue, Cisco Systems, Inc. represented 8.9% of its revenue and a leading internet service provider represented 6.7% of its total revenue. The five largest receivable balances for customers represented an aggregate of 70%, and 66% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

XML

L. Income Taxes (Details-Unrecognized tax benefit) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Unrecognized tax benefits	$ 2,200	$ 0	$ 0
Gross increases - tax positions in prior period	1,659	2,200	0
Gross decreases - tax positions in prior period	(2,200)	0	0
Gross increases - tax positions in current period	0	0	0
Settlements	0	0	0
Lapse of statute of limitations	0	0	0
Unrecognized tax benefits	$ 1,659	$ 2,200	$ 0

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data	Preferred Stock	Common Stock	Additional Paid-in Capital	Accumulated other comprehensive gain	Accumulated deficit	Total
Beginning balance, value at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 94,373	$ 1,069	$ 4,234	$ 1,972	$ (80,972)	$ 20,676
Beginning balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2011	4,341,000	265,000
Preferred stock issued, net, shares	1,206,000
Preferred stock issued, net, value	10,994					10,994
Stock options exercised, shares		1,000
Stock options exercised, value		5				5
Stock based compensation			161			161
Issuance of warrants			73			73
Net income (loss)					(945)	(945)
Foreign currency translation adjustment				44		44
Ending balance, value at Dec. 31, 2012	105,367	1,074	4,468	2,016	(81,917)	31,008
Ending balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2012	5,547,000	266,000
Public offering of common stock, net, shares		3,600
Public offering of common stock, net, value		3	31,445			31,448
Convert preferred stock common stock upon public offering, shares	(5,601,000)	8,739,000
Convert preferred stock common stock upon public offering, value	(105,801)	(1,211)	107,012
Stock options exercised, shares		29,000
Stock options exercised, value		87	86			173
Stock based compensation			1,012			1,012
Warrants exercised, shares issued	54,000	10,000
Warrants exercised, value	434	60				494
Net income (loss)					(1,406)	(1,406)
Foreign currency translation adjustment				348		348
Ending balance, value at Dec. 31, 2013	0	13	144,023	2,364	(83,323)	63,077
Ending balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2013	0	12,644,000
Public offering of common stock, net, shares		2,025,000
Public offering of common stock, net, value		2	45,679			45,681
Issuance of shares under equity plans, shares		33,000
Stock options exercised, shares		103,000
Stock options exercised, value			365			365
Stock based compensation			2,045			2,045
Warrants exercised, shares issued		19,000
Net income (loss)					4,283	4,283
Foreign currency translation adjustment				(439)		(439)
Ending balance, value at Dec. 31, 2014	$ 0	$ 15	$ 192,112	$ 1,925	$ (79,040)	$ 115,012
Ending balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2014	0	14,824,000

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Accounts receivable allowance	$ 43	$ 42
Accumulated depreciation	$ 32,412	$ 28,145
Preferred Stock par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred Stock shares authorized	5,000,000	5,000,000
Preferred Stock shares issued	0	0
Preferred Stock shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock shares authorized	45,000,000	45,000,000
Common stock shares issued	14,824,000	12,644,000
Common stock shares outstanding	14,824,000	12,644,000

XML

I. SHORT-TERM LOAN WITH SHAREHOLDERS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

I. Short-term Loan With Shareholders

SHORT-TERM LOAN WITH SHAREHOLDERS

In 2010, the Company borrowed $3.2 million from 12 shareholders under the terms of unsecured promissory note agreements. These notes bore an interest rate of 6% with maturity dates of 18 months from the effective dates of the notes originally maturing on October 21, 2011, but extended to December 31, 2012. The note holders were also issued warrants that expire by April 23, 2020, to purchase 51,200 shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock, with an exercise price of $7.50 per share. As part of the loan maturity date extension, additional warrants to purchase 6,081 shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock were issued in 2011 with an exercise price of $18.00 per share that expire on April 23, 2020.

In 2011, two of the note holders converted their respective notes into shares of Series G Preferred Stock and four of the notes were repaid in full. In 2012, five of the remaining note holders converted their respective notes into shares of Series G Preferred Stock and one of the notes was repaid. As of December 31, 2012, all principal and interest related to these notes had been fully satisfied.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, warrants related to these loans were exercised for 64,219 shares of common stock.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Mar. 02, 2015	Jun. 30, 2014
Document And Entity Information
Entity Registrant Name	Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.
Entity Central Index Key	0001158114
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2014
Amendment Flag	false
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Is Entity a Well-known Seasoned Issuer?	No
Is Entity a Voluntary Filer?	No
Is Entity's Reporting Status Current?	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 332,700
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		14,887,794
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2014

XML

J. ACCRUED LIABILITIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Payables and Accruals [Abstract]

ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31:

	2014		2013
	(in thousands)
Accrued payroll	$	3,662	$	2,279
Accrued employee benefits		808		489
Accrued income taxes		52		–
Accrued state and local taxes		330		270
Advance payments		528		128
Accrued product warranty		247		–
Accrued other		1,313		1,349
	$	6,940	$	4,515

XML

Q. Employee Benefit Plans (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Global [Member]
Pension expense	$ 390	$ 384	$ 244
AOI - Taiwan [Member]
Pension expense	$ 291	$ 203	$ 168

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Income Statement [Abstract]
Revenue, net	$ 130,449	$ 78,424	$ 63,421
Cost of goods sold	86,203	55,396	44,492
Gross profit	44,246	23,028	18,929
Operating expenses
Research and development	15,970	8,512	7,603
Sales and marketing	6,043	4,191	3,135
General and administrative	17,095	10,632	8,012
Total operating expenses	39,108	23,335	18,750
Income (loss) from operations	5,138	(307)	179
Other income (expense)
Interest income	369	104	26
Interest expense	(326)	(1,125)	(1,381)
Other income (expense), net	(699)	(78)	231
Total other expense	(656)	(1,099)	(1,124)
Income (loss) before income taxes	4,482	(1,406)	(945)
Income taxes	(199)	0	0
Net income (loss)	$ 4,283	$ (1,406)	$ (945)
Net income (loss) per share - Basic	$ 0.30	$ (0.14)	$ (3.56)
Net income (loss) per share - Diluted	$ 0.28	$ (0.14)	$ (3.56)
Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share: basic	14,307,477	9,964,955	265,576
Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share: Diluted	15,186,961	9,964,955	265,576

XML

D. INVENTORIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]

4. INVENTORIES

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, inventories consisted of the following:

	2014		2013
	(in thousands)
Raw materials	$	16,243	$	8,832
Work in process		13,379		8,708
Finished goods		4,158		2,068
	$	33,780	$	19,608

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the lower of cost or market adjustment expensed for inventory was $0.9 million, $0.5 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

XML

C. EARNINGS PER SHARE

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic net loss per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and dilutive potential common shares from options, restricted stock units and warrants outstanding during the period. In periods with net losses, normally dilutive shares become anti-dilutive. Therefore, basic and dilutive earnings per share are the same.

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS:

	Year ended December 31,
	2014		2013			2012
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Numerator:
Net income (loss)	$	4,283	$	(1,406	)	$	(945	)
Denominator:
Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share
Basic		14,307		9,965			266
Effective of dilutive options and warrants		880		–			–
Diluted		15,187		9,965			266
Net income (loss) per share
Basic	$	0.30	$	(0.14	)	$	(3.56	)
Diluted	$	0.28	$	(0.14	)	$	(3.56	)

The following potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as their effect would have been antidilutive:

	2014		2013		2012
			(in thousands)
Employee stock options		–		595		419
Preferred stock warrants		–		33		96
Restricted stock units		–		33		–
		–		661		515

XML

O. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The Company operates in one reportable segment. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is considered to be the chief operating decision maker, manages the Company’s operations as a whole and reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about product revenue, for purposes of evaluating financial performance and allocating resources.

The following tables set forth the Company’s revenue and asset information by geographic region. Revenue is classified based on the location of product manufacturing plants. Long-lived assets in the tables below comprise only property, plant, equipment and intangible assets (in thousands):

	For the year ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Revenues:	(in thousands)
United States	$	30,723	$	14,705	$	12,192
Taiwan		77,680		31,863		15,200
China		22,046		31,856		36,029
	$	130,449	$	78,424	$	63,421

	As of December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Long-lived assets:	(in thousands)
United States	$	15,875	$	9,415	$	8,966
Taiwan		35,688		7,192		3,719
China		18,008		16,337		13,595
	$	69,571	$	32,944	$	26,280

The Company serves three primary markets, the CATV, internet data center and FTTH markets. Of the Company’s total revenues in 2014, the Company earned $47.4 million, or 36.6%, from the CATV market, $64.5 million, or 49.4%, from the internet data center market, $13.6 million, or 10.4%, from the FTTH market, and $5.0 million, or 3.9%, from other markets. Of the Company’s total revenues in 2013, the Company earned $47.4 million, or 60.4%, from the CATV market, $19.4 million, or 24.7%, from the internet data center market, $4.4 million, or 5.6% from the FTTH market, and $7.3 million, or 9.3% from other markets.

XML

K. OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Other income (expense)

OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE

Other income and expense consisted of the following as of December 31:

	2014			2013			2012
	(in thousands)
Unrealized foreign exchange gain (loss)	$	(1,299	)	$	(342	)	$	217
Realized foreign exchange gain (loss)		297			(70	)		(79	)
Government subsidy income		271			322			92
Other non-operating gain (loss)		44			4			38
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets		(12	)		8			(37	)
	$	(699	)	$	(78)		$	231

XML

U. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 36,391	$ 36,549	$ 32,650	$ 24,859	$ 23,744	$ 20,766	$ 19,597	$ 14,317	$ 130,449	$ 78,424	$ 63,421
Cost of goods sold	24,132	24,403	21,462	16,206	17,068	14,445	14,150	9,732	86,203	55,396	44,492
Gross profit	12,259	12,146	11,188	8,653	6,676	6,321	5,447	4,585	44,246	23,028	18,929
Gross margin	33.70%	33.20%	34.30%	34.80%	28.10%	30.40%	27.80%	32.00%
Operating expenses:
Research and development	4,221	4,194	4,009	3,546	2,400	2,211	1,898	2,004	15,970	8,512	7,603
Sales and marketing	1,591	1,622	1,497	1,333	1,198	1,034	1,053	907	6,043	4,191	3,135
General and administrative	5,131	4,458	3,952	3,554	3,375	2,436	2,447	2,374	17,095	10,632	8,012
Total operating expenses	10,943	10,274	9,458	8,433	6,973	5,681	5,398	5,285	39,108	23,335	18,750
Income (loss) from operations	1,316	1,872	1,730	220	(297)	640	49	(700)	5,138	(307)	179
Interest and other income (expense), net	(602)	(218)	274	(110)	(223)	(250)	(331)	(294)	(699)	(78)	231
Net income before taxes	714	1,654	2,004	110
Income taxes	(12)	(77)	(85)	(25)					199	0	0
Net income (loss)	$ 702	$ 1,577	$ 1,919	$ 85	$ (520)	$ 390	$ (282)	$ (994)	$ 4,283	$ (1,406)	$ (945)
Net income (loss) per share - basic	$ 0.05	$ 0.11	$ 0.13	$ 0.01	$ (0.04)	$ 0.04	$ (1.04)	$ (3.74)	$ 0.30	$ (0.14)	$ (3.56)
Net income (loss) per share - diluted	$ 0.05	$ 0.10	$ 0.12	$ 0.01	$ (0.04)	$ 0.04	$ (1.04)	$ (3.74)	$ 0.28	$ (0.14)	$ (3.56)

XML

G. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

	Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Significant other observable remaining inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	32,175	$	–	$	–	$	32,175
Restricted cash		509		–		–		509
Short term investments		8,189		–		–		8,189
Notes receivable		–		980		–		980
Total assets	$	40,873	$	980	$	–	$	41,853
Liabilities:
Bank acceptance payable		–	$	1,271		–	$	1,271
Total liabilities	$	–	$	1,271	$	–	$	1,271

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Significant other observable remaining inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	22,006	$	–	$	–	$	22,006
Restricted cash		775		–		–		775
Short term investments		7,970		–		–		7,970
Total assets	$	30,751	$	–	$	–	$	30,751
Liabilities:
Bank acceptance payable		–	$	2,347		–	$	2,347
Total liabilities	$	–	$	2,347	$	–	$	2,347

XML

H. Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Unused borrowing capacity	$ 14,300
China | China, Yuan Renminbi
Revolving line of credit maximum borrowing capacity	12,100
Interest rate on line of credit	108% of the China prime rate
China | United States of America, Dollars
Revolving line of credit maximum borrowing capacity	3,300
Interest rate on line of credit	0.73% to 1.73%
Taiwan
Revolving line of credit amount outstanding	7,100
Revolving line of credit maximum borrowing capacity		$ 8,000
Interest rate on line of credit		Taiwan Time Deposit Interest Rate Index plus 0.41%, currently 1.78%, and at a base rate equal to TAIBOR plus 1%, currently 1.75%

XML

E. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

	2014			2013
	(in thousands)
Land improvements	$	103		$	103
Building and improvements		16,196			16,016
Machinery and equipment		61,529			37,490
Furniture and fixtures		1,938			1,047
Computer equipment and software		4,712			3,563
Transportation equipment		270			188
		84,748			58,407
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(32,412	)		(28,145	)
		52,336			30,262
Construction in progress		11,371			139
Land		1,101			733
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	64,808		$	31,134

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, depreciation expense of property, plant and equipment was $5.8 million $3.3 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

XML

F. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, intangible assets consisted of the following:

	2014
	Gross Amount		Accumulated amortization			Intangible assets, net
	(in thousands)
Patents	$	4,968	$	(1,141	)	$	3,827
Trademarks		14		(8	)		6
Total intangible assets		4,982		(1,149	)		3,833

	2013
	Gross Amount		Accumulated amortization			Intangible assets, net
	(in thousands)
Patents	$	1,632	$	(784	)	$	848
Trademarks		10		(7	)		3
Total intangible assets		1,642		(791	)		851

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, amortization expense for intangible assets, included in general and administrative expenses on the income statement, was $356,000 $68,000 and $60,000, respectively. The remaining weighted average amortization period for intangible assets is approximately 11 years.

In 2014 the Company acquired an intangible asset from an unrelated company in the form of a license to various patents related to transceiver product technology. The weighted-average amortization period for the license is 10 years.

At December 31, 2014, approximate amortization expense for intangible assets was as follows (in thousands):

2015	$	356
2016		356
2017		356
2018		356
2019		356
thereafter		2,053
	$	3,833

XML

H. NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT

Notes payable and long-term debt consisted of the following:

	December 31, 2013
	2014			2013
	(in thousands)
Term loan with a U.S. bank with monthly payments of principal and interest at prime plus 0.75% (floor rate: 4%), maturing November 15, 2014		–			3,076
Revolving line of credit with a U.S. bank up to $15,000 with interest at LIBOR plus 2.75%,  maturing July 15, 2017		15,000			7,000
Term loan with a U.S. bank with monthly payments of principal and interest at LIBOR plus 2.75%, maturing July 31, 2019		5,000			1,850
Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $12,100 with interest at 108% of China Prime rate which ranged from 6.48% in 2013		–			7,053
Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $3,250 with interest ranged from 0.73% to 1.73% with various maturity dates from February 2015 to March 2015		1,064			2,413
Revolving line of credit with a Taiwan bank up to $4,000 with interest at Taiwan Time Deposit Interest Rate Index plus 0.41% or LIBOR plus 1.28% maturing on May 24, 2015		3,536			3,795
Revolving line of credit with a Taiwan bank up to $4,000 with interest at Taiwan Time Deposit Interest Rate Index plus 0.41% or LIBOR plus 1.28% maturing on June 15, 2015		3,605			–
Note payable to a finance company due in monthly installments with 4.95% interest, maturing July 30, 2015		443			921
Total		28,648			26,108
Less current portion		(9,591	)		(17,185	)
Long term portion	$	19,057		$	8,923
Bank Acceptance Payable
Bank acceptance notes issued to vendors with a zero percent interest rate, a 30% guarantee deposit of $741, and maturity dates ranging from January 2015 to June 2015		1,271			2,347

The current portion of long-term debt is the amount payable within one year of the balance sheet date of December 31, 2014.

Maturities of notes payable and long-term debt are as follows for the future years ending December 31(in thousands):

2015	$	9,591
2016		1,132
2017		16,132
2018		1,132
2019		661
Total outstanding	$	28,648

The loan and security agreements with the U.S. banks require us to maintain certain financial covenants, including a minimum current ratio and minimum annual EBITDA. Collateral for the U.S. bank loans and line of credit includes substantially all of the assets of the Company. As of December 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in these agreements.

On July 15, 2014, the Company renewed its revolving line of credit with a U.S. bank, increasing the line from $7.0 million to $15.0 million, and extending the maturity date to July 15, 2017. The interest rate on this line of credit is the LIBOR Borrowing Rate plus 2.75%.

 On July 31, 2014, the Company renewed its $5.0 million credit agreement with a U.S. bank, extending the maturity date to July 31, 2019. The interest rate on this line of credit is the LIBOR Borrowing Rate plus 2.75%.

The Company, through its China subsidiary, established RMB and USD currency lines of credit for $12.1 million and $3.3 million, respectively, with a China bank as of December 31, 2014. The interest rate for the RMB line of credit is 108% of the China prime rate. The interest rate for the USD line of credit ranged from 0.73% to 1.73%. These credit lines are revolving lines that are renewable by its anniversary. Collateral for the loans includes the land use rights, building and equipment located in China.

The Company extended its equipment financing agreement of $1.0 million with a Taiwan bank in 2013. The financing agreement required equipment collateral. The agreement requires monthly installment payments over 24 months and ends in July 2015. The financing agreement bears interest at the rate of 4.95%.

The Company, through its Taiwan branch, established two $4.0 million revolving lines of credit with Taiwan banks in 2013 totaling $8.0 million. The financing agreements require collateral of its time deposits of $8.0 million that is included in short-term investment. The two revolving lines of credit bear interest at a rate (which adjusts quarterly) equal to the Taiwan Time Deposit Interest Rate Index plus 0.41%, currently 1.78%, and at a base rate equal to TAIBOR plus 1%, currently 1.75%. As of December 31, 2014, $7.1 million was outstanding under these credit facilities.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $14.3 million of unused borrowing capacity.

XML

L. Income Taxes (Details-Operations Income) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Domestic	$ 1,226	$ (684)	$ (3,077)
Foreign (loss) income	3,256	(722)	2,132
Total income (loss)	$ 4,482	$ (1,406)	$ (945)

XML

L. Income Taxes (Details-Deferred Income Taxes) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
NOL Carryforward	$ 12,266	$ 14,908
Inventory reserves	676	489
AMT credit	224	0
Unrealized gains and losses	470	0
Stock compensation	550	624
Fixed assets and intangibles	(1,537)	(1,631)
Impairment loss	0	(615)
Other	25	335
Deferred tax assets, gross	12,674	14,110
Less valuation allowance	(12,674)	(14,110)
Deferred tax assets, net	$ 0	$ 0

XML

K. Other Income and Expense (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Other income (expense)
Unrealized foreign exchange gain (loss)									$ (1,299)	$ (342)	$ 217
Realized foreign exchange gain (loss)									297	(70)	(79)
Government subsidy income									271	322	92
Other non-operating gain (loss)									44	4	38
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets									(12)	8	(37)
Total other income and expense	$ (602)	$ (218)	$ 274	$ (110)	$ (223)	$ (250)	$ (331)	$ (294)	$ (699)	$ (78)	$ 231

XML

E. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Schedule of property, plant and equipment

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

	2014			2013
	(in thousands)
Land improvements	$	103		$	103
Building and improvements		16,196			16,016
Machinery and equipment		61,529			37,490
Furniture and fixtures		1,938			1,047
Computer equipment and software		4,712			3,563
Transportation equipment		270			188
		84,748			58,407
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(32,412	)		(28,145	)
		52,336			30,262
Construction in progress		11,371			139
Land		1,101			733
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	64,808		$	31,134

XML

D. Inventory (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]
Lower of cost or market adjustment for inventory	$ 900	$ 500	$ 900

XML

M. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Equity Plans

The Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved the following equity plans:

• the 1998 Share Incentive Plan

• the 2000 Share Incentive Plan

• the 2004 Share Incentive Plan

• the 2006 Share Incentive Plan

• the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (“2013 Plan”)

The Company issues stock options to employees, consultants and non-employee directors. Stock option awards generally vest over a four year period and have a maximum term of ten years. Stock options under these plans have been granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant. Nonqualified and Incentive Stock Options and restrictive stock units (“RSUs”) may be granted from these plans. Prior to the Company’s initial public offering, the fair market value of the Company’s stock had been historically determined by the board of directors and from time to time with the assistance of third party valuation specialists.

Stock Options

Options have been granted to the Company’s employees under the five incentive plans and generally become exercisable as to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary date following the date of grant and semi-annually thereafter. All options expire ten years after the date of grant.

The following is a summary of option activity:

	Number of shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Fair Value		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
	(in thousands, except price data)
Outstanding, January 1, 2012		377		$	5.88
Granted		88			6.00
Exercised		(1	)		6.29						(4	)
Forfeited		(19	)		6.00
Expired		(26	)		5.30
Outstanding, December 31, 2012		419			5.94
Granted		1,099			9.21
Exercised		(29	)		5.87						178
Forfeited		(16	)		7.10
Expired		(5	)		5.99
Outstanding, December 31, 2013		1,468			8.38		4.17				9,731
Granted		108			13.84		7.24				–
Exercised		(103	)		6.22		2.57				1,476
Forfeited		(49	)		8.23		5.43				628
Expired		(1	)		6.21		2.21				11
Outstanding, December 31, 2014		1,423		$	8.96		4.48		8.097	$	3,486
Exercisable, December 31, 2014		537		$	7.68		3.24		7.319	$	1,899
Vested and expected to vest		1,397		$	8.94		4.46		8.087	$	3,444

The following table summarizes information about the options outstanding at December 31, 2014:

Range of exercise prices	Number of shares outstanding		Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)		Weighted average exercise price		Number of shares exercisable		Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)		Weighted average exercise price
	(in thousands, except price data)
$6.00 - $6.75		274		6.047	$	6.00		243		5.906	$	6.00
$6.76 - $8.25		298		8.045		7.50		106		8.039		7.50
$8.26 - $9.48		3		8.279		9.00		1		8.279		9.00
$9.49 - $11.55		747		8.736		9.96		187		8.736		9.96
$11.56 - $13.49		1		8.808		13.13		–		8.808		13.13
$13.50 - $13.84		100		9.080		13.84		–		–		–
Total		1,423		8.097	$	8.96		537		7.319	$	7.68

As of December 31, 2014, there was approximately $3.9 million of unrecognized stock option expense, net of estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized over 2.61 years.

Restricted Stock Units

The following is a summary of RSU activity:

	Number of shares			Weighted Average  Fair Value
	(in thousands, except price data)
Outstanding at January 1, 2013		–			–
Granted		33		$	10.00
Exercised/Released		–
Cancelled/Forfeited		–
Outstanding at December 31, 2013		33		$	10.00
Granted		25		$	18.45
Exercised/Released		(33	)	$	10.57
Cancelled/Forfeited		(4	)	$	18.20
Outstanding at December 31, 2014		21		$	18.22

The aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2014 was $0.2 million. Unrecognized compensation expense related to these RSU’s at December 31, 2014 was $0.1 million. This expense is expected to be recognized over 1.48 years.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the applicable vesting term of the award.

The Company estimates the fair value of employee stock options at the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: 

	2014	2013	2012
Expected volatility	52%	52 to 70%	70%
Risk-free interest rate	1.89%	0.96% to 2.97%	1.01%
Expected term (years)	6.25	6.25	6.25
Expected dividend yield	–	–	–
Estimated forfeitures	7.5%	7.5%	10%

As there had been no market for the Company’s common stock prior to its initial public offering, the expected volatility for options granted to date was derived from an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies that issued options with similar terms. The expected volatility has been determined using an average of the expected volatility reported by this peer group of companies. The Company uses a risk free interest rate based on the 10-year Treasury as reported during the period. The expected term of the options has been determined utilizing the simplified method which calculates a simple average based on vesting period and option life. The Company does not anticipate paying dividends in the near future. Estimated forfeitures are based on historical experience and future work force projections.

Employee share-based compensation expenses recognized for the years ended December 31, were as follows:

Share-Based compensation - by expense type
	2014		2013		2012
	(in thousands)
Cost of goods sold	$	88	$	56	$	7
Research and development		115		53		8
Sales and marketing		98		52		9
General and administrative		1,760		908		137
Total share-based compensation expense	$	2,061	$	1,069	$	161

Share-Based compensation - by award type
	2014		2013		2012
	(in thousands)
Employee stock options	$	1,660	$	793	$	140
Restricted stock units		385		220		–
Warrants		16		56		21
Total share-based compensation expense	$	2,061	$	1,069	$	161

XML

R. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments

The Company conducts part of its operations from leased facilities and also leases equipment. Rent expense was $0.8 million, $0.6 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

At December 31, 2014, the approximate minimum rental commitments under noncancellable leases in excess of one year that expire at varying dates through 2029 were as follows:

Year ending December 31,	Amount
	(in thousands)
2015	$	926
2016		860
2017		800
2018		882
2019		981
2020-2029		10,055
	$	14,504

Employment Agreements and Consultancy Agreements

The Company has entered into employment and indemnification agreements with three executive officers. These agreements provide that if their employment is terminated as a result of a change of control of the Company, or if their employment is terminated for certain other reasons set forth in the agreements, the Company will be required to pay a severance payment in an amount equal to their annual base salary, and other additional compensation due under the terms of the agreements.

The Company has also entered into employment and indemnification agreements with two other executive officers. These agreements provide that if their employment is terminated as a result of a change of control of the Company, the Company will be required to pay a severance payment in an amount equal to their six months of their annual base salary, and other additional compensation due under the terms of the agreements.

In 2012, the Company entered into consulting agreements with two of its shareholders and board members for a period of one year from June 2012 to June 2013. Each agreement provides that a consulting fee will be paid to the consultant within 30 days after submission of the invoice by the consultant. The Company incurred $35,000 and $41,000 of consulting service fees to these consultants in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Contingencies

The Company may be party to litigation, claims or assessments in the ordinary course of business. Management is not aware of any of these matters that would have a material effect on the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

XML

C. Earnings Per Share (Details - Potentially Dilutive Shares)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Potentially dilutive securities excluded from EPS	0	661	515
Employee Stock Options
Potentially dilutive securities excluded from EPS	0	595	419
Preferred Stock Warrants
Potentially dilutive securities excluded from EPS	0	33	96
Restricted Stock Units
Potentially dilutive securities excluded from EPS	0	33	0

XML

M. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Summary of option activity

The following is a summary of option activity:

	Number of shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Fair Value		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
	(in thousands, except price data)
Outstanding, January 1, 2012		377		$	5.88
Granted		88			6.00
Exercised		(1	)		6.29						(4	)
Forfeited		(19	)		6.00
Expired		(26	)		5.30
Outstanding, December 31, 2012		419			5.94
Granted		1,099			9.21
Exercised		(29	)		5.87						178
Forfeited		(16	)		7.10
Expired		(5	)		5.99
Outstanding, December 31, 2013		1,468			8.38		4.17				9,731
Granted		108			13.84		7.24				–
Exercised		(103	)		6.22		2.57				1,476
Forfeited		(49	)		8.23		5.43				628
Expired		(1	)		6.21		2.21				11
Outstanding, December 31, 2014		1,423		$	8.96		4.48		8.097	$	3,486
Exercisable, December 31, 2014		537		$	7.68		3.24		7.319	$	1,899
Vested and expected to vest		1,397		$	8.94		4.46		8.087	$	3,444

Options outstanding

The following table summarizes information about the options outstanding at December 31, 2014:

Range of exercise prices	Number of shares outstanding		Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)		Weighted average exercise price		Number of shares exercisable		Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)		Weighted average exercise price
	(in thousands, except price data)
$6.00 - $6.75		274		6.047	$	6.00		243		5.906	$	6.00
$6.76 - $8.25		298		8.045		7.50		106		8.039		7.50
$8.26 - $9.48		3		8.279		9.00		1		8.279		9.00
$9.49 - $11.55		747		8.736		9.96		187		8.736		9.96
$11.56 - $13.49		1		8.808		13.13		–		8.808		13.13
$13.50 - $13.84		100		9.080		13.84		–		–		–
Total		1,423		8.097	$	8.96		537		7.319	$	7.68

Summary of RSU activity

The following is a summary of RSU activity:

	Number of shares			Weighted Average  Fair Value
	(in thousands, except price data)
Outstanding at January 1, 2013		–			–
Granted		33		$	10.00
Exercised/Released		–
Cancelled/Forfeited		–
Outstanding at December 31, 2013		33		$	10.00
Granted		25		$	18.45
Exercised/Released		(33	)	$	10.57
Cancelled/Forfeited		(4	)	$	18.20
Outstanding at December 31, 2014		21		$	18.22

Fair value of employee stock options

The Company estimates the fair value of employee stock options at the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: 

	2014	2013	2012
Expected volatility	52%	52 to 70%	70%
Risk-free interest rate	1.89%	0.96% to 2.97%	1.01%
Expected term (years)	6.25	6.25	6.25
Expected dividend yield	–	–	–
Estimated forfeitures	7.5%	7.5%	10%

Schedule of employee stock-based compensation expenses

Employee share-based compensation expenses recognized for the years ended December 31, were as follows:

Share-Based compensation - by expense type
	2014		2013		2012
	(in thousands)
Cost of goods sold	$	88	$	56	$	7
Research and development		115		53		8
Sales and marketing		98		52		9
General and administrative		1,760		908		137
Total share-based compensation expense	$	2,061	$	1,069	$	161

Share-Based compensation - by award type
	2014		2013		2012
	(in thousands)
Employee stock options	$	1,660	$	793	$	140
Restricted stock units		385		220		–
Warrants		16		56		21
Total share-based compensation expense	$	2,061	$	1,069	$	161

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net income (loss)	$ 4,283	$ (1,406)	$ (945)
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $0, $0 and $0	(439)	348	44
Comprehensive income (loss)	$ 3,844	$ (1,058)	$ (901)

XML

B. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

1. Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries and are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

2. Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported. Actual results could differ from those estimates in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates and assumptions that impact these financial statements relate to, among other things, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserve, share-based compensation expense, estimated useful lives of property and equipment, and taxes.

3. Foreign Currency Translation

All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date. Revenue and expense accounts are translated at weighted-average rates for the reporting period. Translation adjustments do not impact the results of operations and are reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations.

4. Fair Value

The carrying value of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and note receivable approximate their historical fair values due to their short-term maturities. The carrying value of the debt approximates its fair value due to the short-term nature of the debt since it renews frequently at current interest rates. Management believes that the interest rates in effect at each year end represent the current market rates for similar borrowings.

The fair value measurement standard defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The standard characterizes inputs used in determining fair value according to a hierarchy that prioritized inputs based on the degree to which they are observable. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1—Inputs represent quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3—Inputs that are not observable from objective sources, such as management’s internally developed assumptions used in pricing an asset or liability.

Assets and liabilities that are required to be fair valued on a recurring basis include money market funds, marketable securities, equity instruments and contingent consideration.

Money market funds are valued with Level 1 inputs, using quoted market prices, and are included in cash and cash equivalents on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

5. Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid securities with an original maturity of ninety days or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash in foreign accounts was approximately $4.6 million and $6.6 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents at U.S. financial institutions for which the combined account balances in individual institutions may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance coverage and, as a result, there is a concentration of credit risk related to amounts on deposit in excess of FDIC insurance coverage. As of December 31, 2014, approximately $25.4 million of U.S. deposits were not covered by FDIC insurance. The Company has not experienced any losses and believes it is not exposed to any significant risk with such accounts.

6. Restricted Cash/Compensating Balances

The Company is required to maintain a compensation deposit equal to 30% of its bank acceptance notes to vendors with a China bank. The Company’s Taiwan subsidiary also uses time deposits for customs guarantees. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amount of restricted cash was $0.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

7. Short-Term Investments

The Company invests its excess cash in bank certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2014, the Company invested $8.2 million in certificates of deposit in RMB currencies with Taiwan banks. The maturity dates range from 6 months to 12 months.

The Company arranged a revolving line of credit agreement with the same Taiwan bank by pledging 100% of its certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2014, the pledged certificate of deposit for such arrangement amount is $8.2 million.

8. Accounts Receivable/Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company carries its accounts receivable at the net amount that it estimates to be collectible. An allowance for uncollectable accounts is maintained through a charge against operations. The allowance is determined by management review of outstanding amounts per customer, historical payments and the aging of accounts.

9. Bank Acceptance Receivable

The Company carries its bank acceptance receivables at face value or discounted value if they are not interest bearing. The maturity date of the receivables are all within one year of the original issuance date and are carried at face value.

10. Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk include cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company places all cash and cash equivalents with high-credit quality financial institutions.

The Company performs ongoing credit valuations of its customers’ financial condition whenever deemed necessary and generally does not require deposits or collateral to support customer receivables. The historical amount of losses on uncollectible accounts has been within the Company’s estimates. The Company generates much of its revenue from a limited number of customers. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, its top ten customers represented 87.2%, 76.9% and 77.6% of its revenue, respectively. In 2014, Amazon represented 45.8% of its revenue, Cisco Systems, Inc. represented 8.9% of its revenue and a leading internet service provider represented 6.7% of its total revenue. The five largest receivable balances for customers represented an aggregate of 70%, and 66% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

11. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (average-cost method) or market. Work in process and finished goods includes materials, labor and allocated overhead. The Company assesses the valuation of its inventory on a periodic basis and provides write-offs for the value of estimated excess and obsolete inventory based on estimates of future demand.

12. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company calculates depreciation using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

	Useful lives
Buildings	20 - 40 years
Land improvements	10 years
Machinery and equipment	3 - 20 years
Furniture and fixtures	1 - 8 years
Computer equipment and software	3 - 7 years
Leasehold improvements	The shorter of the life of the applicable lease or the useful life of the improvement
Transportation equipment	5 years

Major improvements are capitalized and expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Construction in progress represents property, plant and equipment under construction or being installed. Costs include original cost, installation, construction and other direct costs which include interest on borrowings used to finance the asset. Construction in progress is transferred to the appropriate fixed asset account and depreciation commences when the asset has been substantially completed and placed in service.

Land use rights allow the Company rights for 50 years to certain land in Ningbo, China on which the Company built a facility that included office space, manufacturing operations and employee dormitories. The land use rights are recorded at cost and are amortized on the straight-line basis over the useful life of the related contract. The land use rights expire on October 7, 2054.

13. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of intellectual property that is stated at cost less accumulated amortization. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had 152 total patents issued. The costs incurred to obtain such patents have been capitalized and are being amortized over an estimated life of 20 years. The Company periodically evaluates its intangible assets to determine whether events or changes in circumstances indicate that a patent or trademark may not be applicable to the Company’s current products or is no longer in use. If such a determination is made, the intangible asset is impaired and the remaining value of the patent or trademark will be expensed at that time.

14. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company accounts for impairment of long-lived assets in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360, Property, Plant and Equipment, (“ASC 360”). Long-lived assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment. In accordance with ASC 360, the Company periodically evaluates long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When triggering event indicators are present, the Company obtains appraisals on an asset by asset basis, and will recognize an impairment loss when the sum of the appraised values is less than the carrying amounts of such assets. The appraised values, based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections, require subjective judgments. Depending on the assumptions and estimates used, the appraised values projected in the evaluation of long-lived assets can vary within a range of outcomes. The appraisals consider the likelihood of possible outcomes in determining the best estimate for the value of the assets.

The measurement for such an impairment loss is then based on the fair value of the asset as determined by the appraisals.

15. Comprehensive Income (Loss)

ASC 220, Comprehensive Income, (“ASC 220”) establishes rules for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. ASC 220 requires that unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s foreign currency translation adjustments be included in comprehensive income.

16. Share-based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Share-based compensation expense is recognized based on the estimated grant date fair value, net of an estimated forfeiture rate, in order to recognize compensation cost for those shares expected to vest. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the options.

17. Revenue Recognition

The Company derives revenue from the manufacture and sale of fiber optic networking products. Revenue recognition follows the criteria of ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. Specifically, the Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence exists of an arrangement with a customer, usually in the form of a customer purchase order; performance obligations have been satisfied; title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer; the price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company may offer units (samples) to current and potential customers at no charge for evaluation or qualification purposes. Such sample units are expensed as selling or research and development costs when shipped.

18 Product Warranty

The Company generally offers a one-year limited warranty for its products but it can extend for longer periods of three to five years for certain products sold to certain customers. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty and records a liability for the amount of such costs at the time when product defective occurs. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims and cost to repair. While we believe that our warranty accrual is adequate, our actual warranty costs may exceed the accrual, cost of sales will increase in the future. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amount of accrued warranty was $247,000 and $0, respectively. 

19. Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred and amounted to approximately $100,000, $121,000 and $80,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

20. Research and Development

Research and development costs are charged to operations as incurred. The Company receives reimbursement for certain development costs, which are capitalized when incurred, up to the reimbursable amount.

21. Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes. The liability method is used to account for deferred income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The ability to realize deferred tax assets is evaluated annually and a valuation allowance is provided if it is unlikely that the deferred tax assets will not give rise to future benefits in our tax returns

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) it determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, it recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits on the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheet.

22. New Accounting Standards Adopted in this Report

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). The standard provides companies with a single model for use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific revenue guidance. The core principle of the model is to recognize revenue when control of the goods or services transfers to the customer, as opposed to recognizing revenue when the risks and rewards transfer to the customer under the existing revenue guidance. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The guidance permits companies to either apply the requirements retrospectively to all prior periods presented, or apply the requirements in the year of adoption, through a cumulative adjustment. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

23. Reverse Stock Split

In May 1, 2013, the Company’s board of directors approved, and holders of the requisite number of outstanding shares of our capital stock approved on May 21, 2013, an amendment to our certificate of incorporation to effect a reverse stock split with respect to our securities. Based on the prior board and stockholder approvals, on August 16, 2013 the Company’s board of directors determined that the ratio for the reverse stock split would be 30-to-one. The reverse stock split was effected on August 20, 2013, the date that the amendment to our certificate of incorporation was filed with the Delaware Secretary of State. The reverse stock split is reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes on a retroactive basis for all periods presented.

XML

H. Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt (Details-Schedule of Debt) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Notes payable and long-term debt total	$ 28,648	$ 26,108
Current portion of notes payable and long-term debt	(9,591)	(17,185)
Long term portion of notes payable and long-term debt	19,057	8,923
Bank acceptance notes	1,271	2,347
Term loan 1
Notes payable and long-term debt total	0	3,076
Debt maturity date	Nov. 15, 2014
Interest rate	prime plus 0.75%
Line of Credit
Notes payable and long-term debt total	15,000	7,000
Debt maturity date	Jul. 15, 2017
Interest rate	LIBOR plus 2.75%
Term loan 2
Notes payable and long-term debt total	5,000	1,850
Debt maturity date	Jul. 31, 2019
Interest rate	LIBOR plus 2.75%
Line of Credit 2
Notes payable and long-term debt total	0	7,053
Interest rate	108% of China Prime rate
Line of Credit 3
Notes payable and long-term debt total	1,064	2,413
Debt maturity date	Mar. 31, 2015
Interest rate	0.73% to 1.73%
Line of Credit 4
Notes payable and long-term debt total	3,536	3,795
Debt maturity date	May 24, 2015
Interest rate	Interest Rate Index plus 0.41% or LIBOR plus 1.28%
Line of Credit 5
Notes payable and long-term debt total	3,605	0
Debt maturity date	Jun. 15, 2015
Interest rate	Index plus 0.41% or LIBOR plus 1.28%
Note payable
Notes payable and long-term debt total	$ 443	$ 921
Debt maturity date	Jul. 30, 2015
Interest rate	4.95%

XML

R. Commitments And Contingencies (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
Rent expense	$ 800	$ 600	$ 600
Consulting service fees	$ 0	$ 35	$ 41

XML

L. Income Taxes (Details Narrative) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended		3 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2014
Valuation allowance increase (decrease)	$ (1,500)	$ (7,500)
Net operating loss carryforward	56,500		56,500
Loss carryforward expiration date	Dec. 31, 2032
Research and development tax credits	1,600	2,200	1,600
China
Net operating loss carryforward	$ 5,700		$ 5,700
Loss carryforward expiration date			Dec. 31, 2019

XML

S. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company had the following related parties’ activities with its shareholders:

	For the year ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
	(in thousands)
Interest expense	$	–	$	–	$	36
Consulting service fees		–		35		41

XML

M. Share-Based Compensation (Details-Share-based Compensation by expense type) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Total share-based compensation expense	$ 2,061	$ 1,069	$ 161
Cost of goods sold [Member]
Total share-based compensation expense	88	56	7
Research and development [Member]
Total share-based compensation expense	115	53	8
Sales and marketing [Member]
Total share-based compensation expense	98	52	9
General and administrative [Member]
Total share-based compensation expense	$ 1,760	$ 908	$ 137

XML

J. ACCRUED LIABILITIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Payables and Accruals [Abstract]

Schedule of accrued liabilities

	2014		2013
	(in thousands)
Accrued payroll	$	3,662	$	2,279
Accrued employee benefits		808		489
Accrued income taxes		52		–
Accrued state and local taxes		330		270
Advance payments		528		128
Accrued product warranty		247		–
Accrued other		1,313		1,349
	$	6,940	$	4,515

XML

L. INCOME TAXES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

INCOME TAXES

The sources of our income or loss from operations before income taxes were as follows:

	Year ended December 31,
	2014		2013			2012
	(in thousands)
Domestic	$	1,226	$	(684	)	$	(3,077	)
Foreign (loss) income		3,256		(722	)		2,132
Total income (loss)	$	4,482	$	(1,406	)	$	(945	)

The provision for income tax expense for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

	2014		2013		2012
Current:	(in thousands)
Federal	$	193	$	–	$	–
State		6		–		–
Foreign		–		–		–
Total	$	199	$	–	$	–
Deferred:
Federal	$	–	$	–	$	–
State		–		–		–
Foreign		–		–		–
Total	$	–	$	–	$	–
Income tax expense	$	199	$	–	$	–

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities result principally from net operating losses, different methods of recognizing depreciation, reserve for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves for obsolescence and accrued vacation, together with timing differences between book and tax reporting. At December 31, the net deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following approximate amounts:

	2014			2013
	(in thousands)
NOL carryforward	$	12,266		$	14,908
Inventory reserves		676			489
AMT credit		224			–
Unrealized gains and losses		470			–
Stock compensation		550			624
Fixed assets and intangibles		(1,537	)		(1,631	)
Impairment loss		–			(615	)
Other		25			335
		12,674			14,110
Less valuation allowance		(12,674	)		(14,110	)
Deferred tax assets, net	$	–		$	–

The valuation allowance was established to reduce the deferred tax asset for the amount that will likely not be realized. This reduction is primarily necessary due to the uncertainty of the Company’s ability to utilize all of the net operating loss carry forwards. The valuation allowance decreased by $1.5 million in 2014 and decreased by $7.5 million in 2013. The decrease in 2014 was primarily the result of current year changes in deferred income tax assets and liabilities.  The 2013 decrease was primarily due to a reduction of the deferred tax asset for our U.S. net operating losses, as a consequence of the changes in ownership discussed below. 

The Company has a U.S. net operating loss carry forward of approximately $56.5 million, which expires between 2020 and 2032. The Company has a net operating loss carryforward from its China operations of approximately $5.7 million, which expires between 2015 and 2019. Utilization of net operating losses and tax credit carry forwards are subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations set forth in Internal Revenue Code Section 382. Based upon analysis performed with respect to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, approximately $21.6 million of the total available U.S. net operating loss carry forwards and $0.3 million of U.S. research and development credits will not be available for utilization as an offset to taxable income in future periods. Because of changes in control that are deemed to have occurred under Section 382, the Company’s net operating loss carry forward available in calendar year 2014 to offset taxable income was limited to $40.7 million, with an additional $3.4 million becoming available between 2015 and 2025. The additional $3.4 million is subject to an annual limitation of the $0.3 million. Additional ownership changes could result in the expiration of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforward before utilization.

The Company has approximately $0.6 million of windfall tax benefits from previous stock option exercises that have not been recognized as of December 31, 2014. This amount will not be recognized until the deduction would reduce our U.S. income taxes payable. At such time, the amount will be recorded as an increase in paid-in-capital. The Company uses ASC 740 ordering when determining when excess tax benefits have been realized.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s U.S. and China federal returns for the year ended December 31, 2011 through the current period are still open to examination. In addition, all of the net operating losses and research and development credit carry forwards that may be utilized in future years are still subject to examination. With few exceptions, as of December 31, 2014, the Company is no longer subject to examinations by tax authorities in Taiwan for the taxable years before 2013. The Company is not currently subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by any tax authorities.

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% for the years ended December 31, to the Company’s effective income tax rate follows:

	2014			2013			2012
	(in thousands)
Expected (benefit) taxes	$	1,524		$	(467	)	$	(293	)
Non-deductible expenses		138			619			(760	)
Foreign rate differences		295			–			–
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance		(1,729	)		(7,533	)		1,545
Section 382 limitation		–			7,423			–
Other		(29	)		(42	)		(492	)
Tax expense	$	199		$	–		$	–

The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Prime World is a tax-exempt entity under the Income Tax Code of the British Virgin Islands.

The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Global Technology, Inc., has enjoyed preferential tax concessions in China as a national high-tech enterprise.  In March 2007, China’s parliament enacted the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, under which, effective January 1, 2008, China adopted a uniform income tax rate of 25% for all enterprises including foreign invested enterprises. Global Technology, Inc. was recognized as a National high-tech enterprise in 2008 and was entitled to a 15% tax rate for a three year period from November 2008 to November 2011. In 2011, Global Technology, Inc. renewed its National high-tech enterprise certificate and was therefore extended its three year tax preferential status from November 2011 to November 2014. An application to extend the tax preferential status to September 2017 has been approved by the Chinese government.

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefit was $1.6 million and $2.2 million, respectively. The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits:

	2014			2013		2012
(in thousands)
Unrecognized tax benefits — January 1	$	2,200		$	0	$	0
Gross increases — tax positions in prior period		1,659			2,200		–
Gross decreases — tax positions in prior period		(2,200	)		–		–
Gross increases — tax positions in current period		–			–		–
Settlements		–			–		–
Lapse of statute of limitations		–			–		–
Unrecognized tax benefits — December 31	$	1,659		$	2,200	$	0

As of December 31, 2014, we had $1.6 million of unrecognized tax benefits related to US tax benefits recognized for prior branch losses and research and development credits. As of December 31, 2013, we had $2.2 million of unrecognized tax benefits related to US tax benefits recognized for prior year branch losses.  If recognized, there would be no impact our effective tax rate as a result of the full valuation allowance previously recognized. We believe that it is reasonably possible that $0.3 million of our remaining unrecognized tax positions may be recognized by the end of 2015.

The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits and penalties as income tax expense. Related to the unrecognized tax benefits noted above, it has not accrued penalties or interest during 2014 as a result of net operating losses. During 2013, the Company also accrued no penalties or interest.